Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp.

Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp.

vbfc · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker vbfc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 51-200
← All annual reports
FY2020 Annual Report · Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
March 29, 2021  

Dear Fellow Shareholder, 

We hope this message finds you safe and well.  Since the beginning of the pandemic, we have all been 
adapting continuously to a steady flow of information, directives, challenges and opportunities.  The 
pandemic forced us to move rapidly to limit our branch service to drive-through only, encourage remote 
online banking, and transition most of our non-branch work force to working from home. Throughout 
these times our primary focus has been to protect our clients and teammates. We believe that this crisis, as 
terrible as it’s been, has given us an opportunity to really engage with clients in meaningful and lasting 
ways and to make those investments to emerge stronger.  

During 2020, we were able to distinguish ourselves by funding $185 million Paycheck Protection 
Program (“PPP”) Round-1 loans, through which we helped approximately 1,500 businesses save 20,000 
jobs in our community, and added a significant number of new small business clients who were in 
desperate need of these funds. Our ability to react nimbly allowed us to fund PPP loans in an aggregate 
amount equal to 43% of our outstanding loans as of December 31, 2019.  We provided loan payment 
deferrals to both consumer and commercial clients struggling with lost jobs or business closures.  Our 
mortgage company supported our clients through purchasing or refinancing their homes, while achieving 
record application volume with a partially remote work force.  At the time of this writing, we are 
supporting the SBA’s PPP Round-2 loan applications for both new and existing clients and have received 
SBA approval on $70.4 million in PPP loans supporting 699 businesses in PPP Round-2. This crisis has 
allowed us to prove how we are different from other financial institutions. Village Bank’s resolve to treat 
our clients like a neighbor and not a number has never shone brighter.   

We will continue to pursue strategies that we believe will help us achieve our goal of delivering long-term 
total shareholder returns that rank in the top quartile of a nationwide peer group while pursuing our 
purpose to support the economic health of our community and improve our clients’ lives.  We will 
achieve this goal if we deliver top quartile return on equity, produce sustainable earnings growth, achieve 
best quartile earnings volatility in our industry and deliver best quartile asset quality in the worst part of 
the economic cycle.  We successfully battled to grow earnings in 2020 in a difficult economic 
environment where margins were under pressure.  Our efforts to fund PPP loans, control expenses, and 
leverage our mortgage banking segment allowed us to grow earnings and to add new clients with the 
potential to expand these relationships in the future.  For the year, we produced a 17.98% return on 
average equity, 89% earnings per share growth, and maintained stable asset quality. We are particularly 
pleased by the outstanding contribution from our mortgage banking segment, which produced net income 
of $3.9 million for 2020 compared to $979,000 for 2019.  Finally, we successfully navigated leadership 
transitions, both on the executive team and board of directors, mentioned in previous filings. 

While this strong momentum has placed us in a more resilient position, we know we will be faced with 
economic head winds in 2021 from a continued low rate environment, high levels of liquidity, 
competition driving spreads tighter and underwriting standards looser, and the health of the economy as 
the virus is brought under control. We recognize that the economic benefit provided by the PPP 
opportunity as well the favorable rate environment for residential mortgage loans are not sustainable, but, 
we see opportunity in these clients. As described in prior filings, we are expanding our relationships with 
the approximately 400 new clients won during the first round of PPP, leveraging our new Treasury 
Management Services team, increasing our presence through our new branch in the vibrant Scott’s 
Addition area in Richmond, Virginia, encouraging mortgage loan demand, and strategically deploying  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
excess liquidity to support net interest margin. We are optimistic about 2021 and laying the foundation for 
2022. 

We cannot close out this letter without expressing our gratitude for the leadership, commitment and 
service of Bill Foster and Charlie Walton, our recent retirees as Chief Executive Officer and Director, 
respectively. We want to share a few comments on their special contributions: 

We thank Bill Foster for his leadership in transforming Village into an organization that performs 
exceptionally well for our clients, shareholders, team members and community.  His business instincts 
and judgment helped to create a path to recovery for the bank after the Great Recession.  We are indebted 
to Bill for all of those things and will miss him. Charlie Walton infuses every question and observation 
with highly developed business instincts and judgment. With his CPA and business background, he 
brought a focus on the critical details that drive performance. Charlie was a source of optimism and 
positive energy during the difficult years following the recession. We wish them good health and a joyful 
journey in the years ahead. 

We hope that you share our pride in how Village Bank distinguished itself in 2020 both in terms of 
financial results and in the depth of commitment to our community. Please join us at the virtual 
shareholders meeting on May 18, 2021, and thank you for your continued support. 

Regards, 

James E. Hendricks, Jr.   
President and Chief Executive Officer 

Craig D. Bell 
Chairman, Board of Directors 

Forward-Looking Statements 
In addition to historical information, this letter may contain forward-looking statements. For this purpose, 
any statement that is not a statement of historical fact may be deemed to be a forward-looking statement. 
Forward-looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, and actual 
results could differ materially from historical results or those anticipated by such statements. There are 
many factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed in the forward-
looking statements including, but not limited to, changes in interest rates, the effects of future economic, 
business and market conditions, legislative and regulatory changes, governmental monetary and fiscal 
policies, changes in accounting policies, rules and practices, the impact of the ongoing coronavirus 
(COVID-19) pandemic, and other factors described from time to time in our reports filed with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). For further information, contact Donald M. Kaloski, Jr., 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, at 804-897-3900 or dkaloski@villagebank.com. 

Additional Information 
This letter may be deemed to be solicitation material in respect of the Company’s 2021 annual meeting of 
shareholders. The Company filed a definitive proxy statement with the SEC on April 5, 2021 in 
connection with the annual meeting. Shareholders are urged to read the proxy statement and any other 
relevant documents that the Company files with the SEC because they will contain important information.  
The Company, its directors and certain of its executive officers will be participants in the solicitation of 
proxies from shareholders in connection with the annual meeting. Information about the Company’s 
directors and executive officers is included in the proxy statement. Investors and shareholders may obtain 
a copy of the proxy statement and other documents filed by the Company free of charge from the SEC’s 
website at www.sec.gov. Shareholders may obtain a copy of the proxy statement free of charge by writing 
to the Company’s Corporate Secretary, Deborah Golding, whose address is P.O. Box 330, Midlothian, 
Virginia, 23113-0330, or from the Company’s website at www.villagebank.com. 

 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549 

FORM 10-K 
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) 
OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020 

Commission file number 0-50765 

VILLAGE BANK AND TRUST FINANCIAL CORP. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 

          Virginia 
          (State or other jurisdiction of 
               incorporation or organization) 

 16-1694602 
 (I.R.S. Employer  
 Identification No.)  

13319 Midlothian Turnpike, Midlothian, Virginia                            23113 
                      (Address of principal executive offices)                                                       (Zip Code) 

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: 804-897-3900 

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act: 

Title of each class   
      Common Stock, $4.00 par value 

Trading Symbols(s) 

VBFC 

Name of each exchange on which registered 
The Nasdaq Stock Market 

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act: 
None 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  No☒ 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.  Yes   No☒ 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act during the 
preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant  was  required  to  file  such  reports),  and  (2)  has  been  subject  to  such  filing 
requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes☒  No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 
405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to 
submit such files). Yes☒ No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, 
or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging 
growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. 

Large accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer ☒ 

Accelerated filer  
Smaller reporting company ☒  
Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with 
any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal 
control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that 
prepared or issued its audit report.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). 
Yes  No ☒ 

The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the Registrant’s most recent 
completed second fiscal quarter was approximately $15,948,000. 

The number of shares of common stock outstanding as of March 1, 2021 was 1,466,800. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

Portions of the definitive Proxy Statement to be used in conjunction with the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders are incorporated by reference 
into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. 
Form 10-K 

TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Part I 

Business .................................................................................................................... 3 
Item 1.   
Item 1A.  Risk Factors ............................................................................................................ 16 
Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments  .................................................................................. 31 
Properties ................................................................................................................ 31 
Item 2.   
Item 3.   
Legal Proceedings .................................................................................................. 31 
Item 4.    Mine Safety Disclosures ......................................................................................... 31 

Part II 

Item 5.    Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder 

  Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities ................................................. 32 
Selected Financial Data .......................................................................................... 32 

Item 6.   
Item 7.    Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition 

and Results of Operations ....................................................................................... 33 
Item 7A.  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk  ............................... 50 
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...................................................... 50 
Item 8.   
Changes In and Disagreements with Accountants 
Item 9.   
on Accounting and Financial Disclosure .............................................................  102 
Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures ......................................................................................  102 
Item 9B.  Other Information ................................................................................................. 102 

Part III 

Item 10 .  Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance .................................. 103 
Executive Compensation ...................................................................................... 103 
Item 11.  
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and 
Item 12.  

  Management and Related Shareholder Matters .................................................... 103 

Item 13.  

Item 14.  

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, 
and Director Independence ................................................................................... 103 
Principal Accounting Fees and Services ............................................................... 103 

Part IV 

Item 15.  
Item 16  

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules .............................................................. 104 
Form 10-K Summary ... …………………………………………………………..104 

Signatures   

 .............................................................................................................................. 107 

2 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART I 

In  addition  to  historical  information,  the  following  report  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  are 
subject to risks and uncertainties that could cause Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp.’s actual results 
to differ materially from those anticipated.  Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these 
forward-looking statements, which reflect management’s analysis only as of the date of the report.  For 
discussion of factors that may cause our actual future results to differ materially from those anticipated, 
please  see  Item  7  –  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of 
Operations” herein. 

ITEM 1.  BUSINESS 

Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. (“Company”) was incorporated in January 2003 and was organized 
under the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia as a bank holding company.  The Company has three 
active wholly owned subsidiaries: Village Bank (the “Bank”), Southern Community Financial Capital Trust 
I, and Village Financial Statutory Trust II.  The Bank has one active wholly owned subsidiary: Village Bank 
Mortgage  Corporation  (the  “Mortgage  Company”),  a  full  service  mortgage  banking  company.    The 
Company is the holding company of and successor to the Bank.  Effective April 30, 2004, the Company 
acquired  all  of  the  outstanding  stock  of  the  Bank  in  a  statutory  share  exchange  transaction.  Unless  the 
context suggest otherwise, the terms “we”, “us” and “our” refer collectively to the Company, the Bank, and 
the Mortgage Company.  

The Bank is the primary operating business of the Company.  The Bank offers a wide range of banking and 
related financial services, including checking, savings, certificates of deposit and other depository services, 
and commercial, real estate and consumer loans, primarily in the Richmond, Virginia and Williamsburg, 
Virginia metropolitan areas.  The Bank was organized in 1999 as a Virginia chartered bank to engage in a 
general banking business to serve the communities in and around Richmond, Virginia and expanded its 
services to Williamsburg, Virginia in 2017.  Deposits with the Bank are insured to the maximum amount 
provided by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).  The Bank offers a comprehensive range 
of financial services and products and specializes in providing customized financial services to small and 
medium sized businesses, professionals, and individuals. The Bank provides its customers with personal 
customized service utilizing modern technology and delivery channels. 

Bank revenues are derived from interest and fees received in connection with loans, deposits, and mortgage 
services.    Administrative  and  operating  expenses  are  the  major  expenses,  followed  by  interest  paid  on 
deposits and borrowings.  Revenues from the Mortgage Company consist primarily of gains from the sale 
of loans and loan origination fees and its major expenses consist of personnel, occupancy, data processing, 
and other operating expenses.  In 2020, revenue (after intercompany eliminations) generated by the Bank 
totaled $27.7 million and the Mortgage Company generated $13.7 million in revenue. 

Segment Reporting 

The Company has two reportable segments: traditional commercial banking and mortgage banking.  For 
more financial data and other information about each of the Company’s operating segments, refer to Item 
7  –  “Management’s  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operations”  under 
“Segment Information – Commercial Banking Segment” and “Segment Information – Mortgage Banking 
Segment”,  and  to  Note  19  “Segment  Reporting”  in  the  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements” 
contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Business Strategy 

We  are  pursuing  strategies  that  we  believe  will  help  us  achieve  our  goal  of  delivering  long-term  total 
shareholder returns that rank in the top quartile of a nationwide peer group.  To achieve this goal, we strive 
to deliver a top quartile return on equity, produce sustainable earnings growth, achieve best quartile earnings 

3 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
volatility in our industry and deliver best quartile asset quality in the worst part of the economic cycle.  Our 
current business strategies include the following: 

•  Build full service banking relationships with high quality local companies by being problem solvers 
and business builders, not just bankers.  We will continue to field a team of bankers and leaders who 
are  both  great  bankers  and  exceptional  business  people.   We  will  have  the  capital,  capabilities  and 
connections to help business owners achieve their goals and overcome obstacles to their success.  We 
target win-win outcomes.  We expect to be disciplined lenders during the good times so that during 
difficult  times  we  can  support  our  good  clients,  win  high  quality  relationships  and  recruit  talented 
bankers while other banks focus on their own challenges.  Real estate lending will continue to be an 
important part of our business.  We intend to be diligent in managing overall portfolio concentrations, 
and we will focus on real estate sectors and sponsors that we expect to perform better during difficult 
times.  We target wealth building real estate investors. We will understand the needs and goals of our 
business  clients  and  their  owners  so  that  we  can  help  them  fulfill  those  needs  and  achieve  those 
goals.   We  will  target  deposit  only  relationships  as  actively  as  we  will  target  full  loan  and  deposit 
relationships.   Wherever  possible  and  prudent,  we  will  purchase  products  and  services  from  the 
companies that do business with us to support our clients and thank them for their business.  

•  Build long-term, mutually beneficial banking relationships with individuals and families in our market 
area.   We  will  offer  the  basic  financial  products  and  services  individuals  and  families  in  our 
communities need backed by exceptionally professional and caring service.  We offer convenience and 
flexibility  through  in  person,  online,  mobile  and  telephonic  options  for  enrolling  in  new  services, 
handling transactions and seeking service.  We want to help our clients thrive on their journey through 
life.  Through our own team members and business partners, we will help clients develop plans for 
handling the big moments they will encounter along the way.  We will use technology to understand 
our clients, serve their needs and grow our business. 

•  Grow the Mortgage Company’s profitability and positive contribution to our brand.  We intend to add 
loan officers and production teams, more fully identify and serve the mortgage needs of bank clients, 
appropriately leverage available grant programs, offer portfolio mortgage products, and enhance our 
marketing efforts to grow mortgage banking revenues.  We plan to continue to treat mortgage banking 
as a specialty line of business.  We will continue to differentiate ourselves by treating the homeowners, 
realtors, builders and financial advisors who refer their clients to us with exceptionally professional and 
caring service. 

•  Build and sustain the economics of our balance sheet, income statement and business model: 

o  Defend  and  expand  our  Net  Interest  Margin  by  improving  the  mix  of  both  assets  and  funding 

wherever possible. 

o  Build and grow other non-interest income services to leverage our return on assets (“ROA”) and 

return on equity (“ROE”). 

o  Streamline and rationalize our processes and organization to improve productivity and efficiency. 
Include a prudent amount of debt in our holding company capital structure to leverage a strong 
o 
ROA into an even stronger ROE. 

•  Achieve  excellence  in  risk  management.   We  strive  to  achieve  best  quartile  performance  on  credit 
quality metrics in the worst part of the business cycle and sustainable earnings growth over the long 
term.  Risk taking is a fundamental part of banking.  Top performing banks are very good at identifying, 
understanding,  measuring,  monitoring,  managing,  mitigating  and  getting  paid  for  the  risks  the 
organization takes.  We are committed to building and sustaining the culture, talent, tools, policies, 
processes and discipline needed to be a top performer in our risk management functions. 

•  Be the place where exceptional people want to work.  We are committed to achieving great things and 
need teammates who share that commitment.  We will sustain our fun, fulfilling and rewarding work 

4 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
environment built on trust and teamwork.  We know that we will achieve our goals by fielding a team 
of champions, not by building our business around individual stars.  We are a meritocracy where every 
individual knows he or she can make a difference every day, where their individual contributions are 
valued, where we invest in our teammates, and where we hold people accountable.  We will invest in 
technology to leverage the talents of our associates and provide the flexibility to allow them to manage 
their work and life priorities effectively.  We will offer benefits and resources intended to help our team 
members be fit to thrive on their journey through life.  When we make difficult business decisions, we 
will do so with sensitivity to and understanding of the consequences of those decisions.   

•  Make a lasting difference in our communities.  We will invest our work, wisdom and wealth to help 
our communities prepare young people for success in life, help families navigate the complex maze of 
modern life and support and honor the individuals who serve and protect us.  We believe that we can 
be particularly effective in serving our many stakeholders by being a leader in education and workforce 
development  initiatives  in  our  community  because  success  in  these  areas  will  help  individuals  and 
families provide for themselves and will provide businesses with the talented employees they need to 
grow and prosper. 

We strongly believe that there is a continuing need for banks like Village with deep community roots and 
that a well-run community based bank can generate attractive returns for shareholders over the long term.  

Market Area  

The  Company,  the  Bank,  and  the  Mortgage  Company  are  headquartered  in  Chesterfield  County  and 
primarily serve the Central Virginia region and the Richmond and Williamsburg metropolitan statistical 
areas.  We currently conduct business from nine full-service branch banking offices, and a mortgage loan 
production  office  in  Central  Virginia  in  the  counties  of  Chesterfield,  Hanover,  Henrico,  Powhatan  and 
James City.  

Banking Services 

Deposit Services.  Deposits are a major source of our funding.  The Bank offers a full range of deposit 
services  that  are  typically  available  in  most  banks  and  other  financial  institutions  including  checking 
accounts,  savings  accounts  and  other  time  deposits  of  various  types,  ranging  from  daily  money  market 
accounts to longer term certificates of deposit and Individual Retirement Accounts.  These deposit accounts 
are offered at rates competitive with other institutions in our market area.  We service our deposit clients in 
our full-service branches, at drive-up windows, at our ATMs, through our customer care team and through 
technology such as online banking, mobile banking applications and remote deposit capture for business 
clients.  We have not applied for permission to establish a trust department and offer trust services.  The 
Bank is  not  a member  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System.   Deposits are insured  under  the  Federal  Deposit 
Insurance Act of 1950 (the “FDI Act”) to the limits provided thereunder. 

Lending Services.  We offer a full range of short-to-medium term commercial and personal loans.  We also 
provide a wide range of real estate finance services.  Our primary focus is on making loans in the Central 
Virginia and greater Williamsburg markets where we have branch banking offices.  We offer residential 
construction-to-permanent financing to clients of the Mortgage Company.   

•  Commercial Business Lending.  We make secured and unsecured loans to small- and medium-sized 
businesses for purposes such as funding working capital needs (including inventory and receivables), 
business expansion (including acquisition of real estate and improvements) and purchase of equipment 
and machinery.  We also make loans under Small Business Administration and state sponsored business 
loan programs. In our underwriting, we evaluate the earnings and cash flows of the business, guarantor 
support and both the need for and the protection offered by the collateral for the loan. 

•  Commercial Real Estate Acquisition, Development, Construction and Mortgage Lending.  We make 
loans to our clients for the purposes of acquiring, developing, constructing and owning commercial real 

5 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
estate.  These properties may be owner-occupied or may be held for investment purposes and repaid 
from rental income or from the sale of the property. 

•  Consumer Lending.  Consumer loans include secured and unsecured loans for financing automobiles, 
home improvements, education and personal investments.  We also originate fixed and variable rate 
mortgage loans and real estate construction and acquisition loans.  Residential loans originated by our 
mortgage company are usually sold in the secondary mortgage market. 

•  Loan  Participations.    We  sell  loan  participations  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  when  a  loan 
originated by us exceeds our legal lending limit or we otherwise deem it prudent to share the risk with 
another lending institution.  Additionally, we purchase loan participations from other banks, usually 
without recourse against that bank.  We underwrite purchased loan participations in accordance with 
normal underwriting practices. 

•  Loan Purchases. We purchase Federal Rehabilitated Student Loan portfolios when approved by the 
board of directors. These loans are guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Education (“DOE”) which 
covers  approximately  98%  of  the  principal  and  interest.    These  loans  are  serviced  by  a  third  party 
servicer that specializes in handling these types of loans.   

We also purchase the guaranteed portion of United State Department of Agriculture Loans (“USDA”) 
which are guaranteed by the USDA for 100% of the principal and interest.  The originating institution 
holds the unguaranteed portion of the loan and services the loan.  These loans are typically purchased 
at a premium.  In the event of a loan default or early prepayment the Bank may need to write off any 
unamortized premium.   

Lending  Limit.    As  of  December  31,  2020,  our  legal  lending  limit  for  loans  to  one  borrower  was 
approximately $9,858,000.   

Competition 

We  encounter  strong  competition  from  other  local  commercial  banks,  credit  unions,  mortgage  banking 
firms,  consumer  finance  companies,  securities  brokerage  firms,  insurance  companies,  money  market 
mutual  funds,  financial  technology  companies,  and  other  financial  institutions.    A  number  of  these 
competitors are well-established.  Competition for loans is keen, and pricing is important.  Most of our 
competitors  have  substantially  greater  resources  and  higher  lending  limits  than  ours  and  offer  certain 
services, such as extensive and established branch networks and trust services, which we do not provide at 
the present time.  Deposit competition also is strong, and we may have to pay higher interest rates to attract 
deposits.  Nationwide banking institutions and their branches have increased competition in our markets, 
and federal legislation adopted in 1999 allows non-banking companies, such as insurance and investment 
firms, to establish or acquire banks.  We believe that the Company can capitalize on recent merger activity 
to attract customers from the acquired institutions. 

At June 30, 2020, the latest date such information is available from the FDIC, the Bank’s deposit market 
share in Chesterfield County was 5.27%, 4.61% in Hanover County, 9.04% in Powhatan County, 0.46% in 
the Richmond metropolitan statistical area, 0.12% in Henrico County and 0.70% in James City County. 

Supervision and Regulation 

We  are  subject  to  extensive  regulation  by  certain  federal  and  state  agencies  and  receive  periodic 
examinations  by  those  regulatory  authorities.    As  a  consequence,  our  business  is  affected  by  state  and 
federal legislation and regulations. 

The discussion below is only a summary of the principal laws and regulations that comprise the regulatory 
framework applicable to us.  The descriptions of these laws and regulations, as well as descriptions of laws 

6 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
and regulations contained elsewhere herein, do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety 
by reference to applicable laws and regulations. 

General.  The Company is qualified as a bank holding company within the meaning of the Bank Holding 
Company Act of 1956, as amended (the "BHC Act"), and is registered as such with the Board of Governors 
of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  (the  "Federal  Reserve").   As  a  bank  holding  company,  the  Company  is 
subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the Federal Reserve and is required to file various 
reports and additional information with the Federal Reserve.  The Company is also registered under the 
bank holding company laws of Virginia and is subject to supervision, regulation and examination by the 
Bureau of Financial Institutions of the Virginia State Corporation Commission (the "BFI").  The Bank is a 
Virginia  chartered  bank  and  is  not  a  member  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System.   The  Bank  is  subject  to 
regulation, supervision and examination by the FDIC and the BFI. 

The Dodd-Frank Act.  On July 21, 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection 
Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) was signed into law. The Dodd-Frank Act represents a significant overhaul of 
many aspects of the regulation of the financial services industry, although many of its provisions (e.g., the 
interchange and trust preferred capital limitations) apply to companies that are significantly larger than the 
Company.    The  Dodd-Frank  Act  directs  applicable  regulatory  authorities  to  promulgate  regulations 
implementing its provisions, and its effect on the Company and on the financial services industry as a whole 
will  be  clarified  as  those  regulations  are  issued.    Major  elements  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  are  described 
below. 

Increased  Capital  Standards.   The  Dodd-Frank  Act  required  the  federal  banking  agencies  to  establish 
minimum leverage and risk-based capital requirements for banks and bank holding companies. See “Capital 
Adequacy” below for a discussion of these requirements. 

Deposit Insurance.  The Dodd-Frank Act made permanent the $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured 
deposits. Amendments to the FDI Act also revised the assessment base against which an insured depository 
institution’s deposit insurance premiums paid to the Deposit Insurance Fund (the “DIF”) are calculated. 
Under the amendments, the assessment base is no longer the institution’s deposit base, but rather its average 
consolidated total assets less its average tangible equity during the assessment period.  Additionally, the 
Dodd-Frank  Act  made  changes  to  the  minimum  designated  reserve  ratio  of  the  DIF,  increasing  the 
minimum  from  1.15%  to  1.35%  of  the  estimated  amount  of  total  insured  deposits  and  eliminating  the 
requirement that the FDIC pay dividends to depository institutions when the reserve ratio exceeds certain 
thresholds.  The  Dodd-Frank  Act  also  provides  that  depository  institutions  may  pay  interest  on  demand 
deposits. 

The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”).  The Dodd-Frank Act established the CFPB, an 
independent federal agency with broad rule-making, supervisory, and enforcement powers under various 
federal consumer financial protection laws. The CFPB has examination and primary enforcement authority 
with respect to depository institutions with $10 billion or more of assets.  Smaller institutions, such as the 
Company,  are  subject  to  rules  promulgated  by  the  CFPB  but  are  examined  and  supervised  by  federal 
banking regulators for consumer compliance purposes. 

Recent  Amendments  to  the  Dodd-Frank  Act.    The  Economic  Growth,  Regulatory  Relief  and  Consumer 
Protection  Act  of  2018,  which  was  signed into  law on  May 24,  2018  (the  “EGRRCPA”),  amended the 
Dodd-Frank Act to provide regulatory relief for certain smaller and regional financial institutions.  The 
EGRRCPA, among other things, provides financial institutions with less than $10 billion of assets with 
relief from certain capital requirements and exempts banks with less than $250 billion of total consolidated 
assets from the enhanced prudential standards and the company-run and supervisory stress tests required 
under the Dodd-Frank Act.  The Dodd-Frank Act has had, and may in the future have, a material impact on 
the Company’s operations, particularly through increased compliance costs resulting from new and possible 
future consumer and fair lending regulations. 

7 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The future changes resulting from the Dodd-Frank Act may affect the profitability of business activities, 
require changes to certain business practices, impose more stringent regulatory requirements or otherwise 
adversely affect the business and financial condition of the Company and the Bank. These changes may 
also require the Company to invest significant management attention and resources to evaluate and make 
necessary changes to comply with new statutory and regulatory requirements. 

Reporting  Obligations  Under  Securities  Laws.    The  Company  is  subject  to  the  periodic  reporting 
requirements  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of 1934,  as  amended  (the “Exchange  Act”), including the 
requirement to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) annual, quarterly and other 
reports on the financial condition and performance of the organization.  The Company’s common stock is 
listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market and, as a result, the Company is subject to the rules and listing standards 
adopted by The Nasdaq Stock Market, LLC (“Nasdaq”).  The Company is also affected by the corporate 
responsibility and accounting reform legislation signed into law on July 30, 2002, known as the Sarbanes-
Oxley Act of 2002 (the “SOX Act”), and the related rules and regulations.  The SOX Act includes provisions 
that, among other things, require that periodic reports containing financial statements that are filed with the 
SEC be accompanied by chief executive officer and chief financial officer certifications as to the accuracy 
and compliance with law, additional disclosure requirements and corporate governance and other related 
rules.    The  Company  has  expended  considerable  time  and  money  in  complying  with  the  rules  and 
regulations of the SEC and Nasdaq, and with the SOX Act, and expects to continue to incur additional 
expenses in the future. 

Bank Holding Company Act.  The Federal Reserve has jurisdiction under the BHC Act to approve any 
bank or non-bank acquisition, merger or consolidation proposed by a bank holding company.  The BHC 
Act, and other applicable laws and regulations, generally limit the activities of a bank holding company and 
its subsidiaries to that of banking, managing or controlling banks, or any other activity that is so closely 
related to banking or to managing or controlling banks as to be a proper incident thereto.  

In determining whether a particular activity is permissible, the Federal Reserve must consider whether the 
performance of such an activity reasonably can be expected to produce benefits to the public that outweigh 
possible adverse effects. Despite prior approval, the Federal Reserve may order a bank holding company 
or its subsidiaries to terminate any activity or to terminate ownership or control of any subsidiary when the 
Federal Reserve has reasonable cause to believe that a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or 
stability of any bank subsidiary of that bank holding company may result from such an activity. 

Support  of  Subsidiary  Institutions.  Under  the  Dodd-Frank  Act,  and  previously  under  Federal  Reserve 
policy, the Company is required to act as a source of financial strength for the Bank and to commit resources 
to support the Bank.  This support can be required at times when it would not be in the best interest of the 
Company’s  shareholders  or  creditors  to  provide  it.    In  the  event  of  the  Company’s  bankruptcy,  any 
commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of the Bank would be assumed 
by the bankruptcy trustee and entitled to a priority of payment.  The Company has periodically raised capital 
and contributed it to the Bank to support the Bank’s operations. 

Privacy Legislation. Several laws, including the Right To Financial Privacy Act and the Gramm-Leach-
Bliley  Act,  provide  protections  against  the  transfer  and  use  of  customer  information  by  financial 
institutions.  Financial Institutions generally are prohibited from disclosing customer information to non-
affiliated third parties, unless the customer has been given the opportunity to object and has not objected to 
such  disclosure.  Financial  institutions  must  disclose  their  specific  privacy  policies  to  their  customers 
annually and must conduct an internal risk assessment of their ability to protect customer information. 

Mergers and Acquisitions.  The Riegle-Neal Interstate Banking and Branching Efficiency Act of 1994, as 
amended (the "Interstate Banking Act"), generally permits well capitalized and adequately managed bank 
holding companies to acquire banks in any state, and preempts all state laws restricting the ownership by a 
bank holding company of banks in more than one state. The Interstate Banking Act also permits a bank to 
merge with an out-of-state bank and convert any offices into branches of the resulting bank if both states 
have not opted out of interstate branching; and permits a bank to acquire branches from an out-of-state bank 
8 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
if the law of the state where the branches are located permits the interstate branch acquisition. Under the 
Dodd-Frank Act, a bank holding company or bank must be well capitalized and well managed to engage in 
an interstate acquisition. Bank holding companies and banks are required to obtain prior Federal Reserve 
approval to acquire more than 5% of a class of voting securities, or substantially all of the assets, of a bank 
holding company, bank or savings association. The Interstate Banking Act and the Dodd-Frank Act permit 
banks to establish and operate de novo interstate branches to the same extent a bank chartered by the host 
state may establish branches. Virginia law permits branching across state lines, provided there is reciprocity 
with the state in which the out-of-state bank is based.  

Limits on the Payment of Dividends.  The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from the Bank 
and its other subsidiaries.  Virtually all of the Company’s cash revenues will result from dividends paid to 
it by the Bank, which is subject to laws and regulations that limit the amount of dividends that it can pay. 
Under  Virginia  law,  a  bank  may  not  declare  a  dividend  in  excess  of  its  accumulated  retained  earnings 
without approval by the BFI.  As of December 31, 2020, the Bank did not have any accumulated retained 
earnings.  In addition, the Bank may not declare or pay any dividend if, after making the dividend, the Bank 
would be "undercapitalized," as defined in FDIC regulations.  

The  FDIC  and  the  state  have  the  general  authority  to  limit  the  dividends  paid  by  insured  banks  if  the 
payment is deemed an unsafe and unsound practice. Both the FDIC and the state have indicated that paying 
dividends that deplete a bank's capital base to an inadequate level would be an unsound and unsafe banking 
practice. 

In  addition,  the  Company  is  subject  to  certain  regulatory  requirements  to  maintain  capital  at  or  above 
regulatory  minimums.  These  regulatory  requirements  regarding  capital  affect  our  dividend  policies. 
Regulators have indicated that holding companies should generally pay dividends only if the organization's 
net  income  available  to  common  shareholders  over  the  past  year  has  been  sufficient  to  fully  fund  the 
dividends, and the prospective rate of earnings retention appears consistent with the organization's capital 
needs, asset quality and overall financial condition.  In addition, the Federal Reserve has issued guidelines 
that bank holding companies should inform and consult with the Federal Reserve in advance of declaring 
or paying a dividend that exceeds earnings for the period (e.g., quarter) for which the dividend is being paid 
or that could result in a material adverse change to the organization’s capital structure. 

Insurance of Accounts, Assessments and Regulation by the FDIC.  Our deposits are insured by the FDIC 
up to the limits set forth under applicable law, currently $250,000.  We are subject to the deposit insurance 
assessments  of  the  DIF.    The  deposit  insurance  assessment  base  is  average  total  assets  minus  average 
tangible  equity.    The  FDIC  uses  a  “financial  ratios  method”  based  on  CAMELS  composite  ratings  to 
determine assessment rates for small established institutions with less than $10 billion of assets, such as the 
Bank. The CAMELS rating system is a supervisory rating system designed to take into account and reflect 
all  financial  and  operational  risks  that  a  bank  may  face,  including  capital  adequacy,  asset  quality, 
management  capability,  earnings,  liquidity  and  sensitivity  to  market  risk  (“CAMELS”).  CAMELS 
composite  ratings  set  a  maximum  assessment  for  CAMELS  1  and  2  rated  banks,  and  set  minimum 
assessments for lower rated institutions. 

The FDIC is authorized to prohibit any DIF-insured institution from engaging in any activity that the FDIC 
determines by regulation or order to pose a serious threat to the respective insurance fund.  Also, the FDIC 
may  initiate  enforcement  actions  against  banks,  after  first  giving  the  institution’s  primary  regulatory 
authority  an  opportunity  to  take  such  action.    The  FDIC  may  terminate  the  deposit  insurance  of  any 
depository institution if it determines, after a hearing, that the institution has engaged or is engaging in 
unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations, or has violated 
any applicable law, regulation, order or any condition imposed in writing by the FDIC.  It also may suspend 
deposit insurance temporarily during the hearing process for the permanent termination of insurance if the 
institution has no tangible capital.  If deposit insurance is terminated, the deposits at the institution at the 
time of termination, less subsequent withdrawals, shall continue to be insured for a period from six months 
to two years, as determined by the FDIC.  We are aware of no existing circumstances that could result in 
termination of our deposit insurance. 

9 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Adequacy.  Both the Company and the Bank are required to comply with the capital adequacy 
standards established by the Federal Reserve, in the case of the Company, and the FDIC, in the case of the 
Bank.  The Federal Reserve and the FDIC have adopted rules to implement the Basel III capital framework 
as  outlined  by  the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking  Supervision  (the  “Basel  Committee”)  and  certain 
provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act (the “Basel III Capital Rules”).  The Basel III Capital Rules implement 
minimum capital ratios and establish risk weightings that are applied to many classes of assets held by 
community banks, including applying higher risk weightings to certain commercial real estate loans. 

The  Basel  III  Capital  Rules  require  banks  and  bank  holding  companies  to  comply  with  the  following 
minimum capital ratios: (1) a ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, 
plus a 2.5% “capital conservation buffer” (effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 
1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 7%); (2) a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, 
plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer (effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%); 
(3) a ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 8.0%, plus the 2.5% capital conservation buffer 
(effectively resulting in a minimum total capital ratio of 10.5%); and (4) a leverage ratio of 4%, calculated 
as the ratio of Tier 1 capital to balance sheet exposures plus certain off-balance sheet exposures (computed 
as  the  average  for  each  quarter  of  the  month-end  ratios  for  the  quarter).    The  phase-in  of  the  capital 
conservation  buffer  requirement  was  fully  implemented  at  2.5%  on  January  1,  2019.  The  capital 
conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses during periods of economic stress.  Banking organizations 
with a ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the 
conservation  buffer  face  constraints  on  dividends,  equity  repurchases,  and  compensation  based  on  the 
amount of the shortfall. 

In December 2017, the Basel Committee published standards that it described as the finalization of the 
Basel III post-crisis regulatory reforms (the standards are commonly referred to as “Basel IV”).  Among 
other things, these standards revise the standardized approach for credit risk (including by recalibrating risk 
weights and introducing new capital requirements for certain “unconditionally cancellable commitments,” 
such as unused credit card lines of credit) and provide a new standardized approach for operational risk 
capital.  Under the proposed framework, these standards will generally be effective on January 1, 2022, 
with  an  aggregate  output  floor  phasing-in  through  January  1,  2027.    Under  the  current  capital  rules, 
operational risk capital requirements and a capital floor apply only to advanced approaches institutions, and 
not to the Company.  The impact of Basel IV on the Company and the Bank will depend on the manner in 
which it is implemented by the federal bank regulatory agencies. 

The Company meets the eligibility criteria of a small bank holding company in accordance with the Federal 
Reserve’s Small Bank Holding Company Policy Statement (the “SBHC Policy Statement”). On August 28, 
2018,  the  Federal  Reserve  issued  an  interim  final  rule  required  by  the  EGRRCPA  that  expands  the 
applicability of the SBHC Policy Statement to bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of 
less than $3 billion (up from the prior $1 billion threshold).  Under the SBHC Policy Statement, qualifying 
bank holding companies, such as the Company, have additional flexibility in the amount of debt they can 
issue and are also exempt from the Basel III Capital Rules.  The SBHC Policy Statement does not apply to 
the Bank and the Bank must comply with the Basel III Capital Rules.  The Bank must also comply with the 
capital requirements set forth in the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the 
FDI Act, as described below. 

On September 17, 2019, the federal banking agencies jointly issued a final rule required by the EGRRCPA 
that permits qualifying banks and bank holding companies that have less than $10 billion in consolidated 
assets  to  elect  to  be  subject  to  a  9%  leverage  ratio  that  would  be  applied  using  less  complex  leverage 
calculations (commonly  referred to as the community  bank leverage ratio or “CBLR”).  Under  the  rule, 
which became effective on January 1, 2020, banks and bank holding companies that opt into the CBLR 
framework and maintain a CBLR of greater than 9% are not subject to other risk-based and leverage capital 
requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules and would be deemed to have met the well capitalized ratio 
requirements  under  the  “prompt  corrective  action”  framework.    These  CBLR  rules  were  modified  in 
response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic.    See  “Coronavirus  Aid,  Relief,  and  Economic  Security  Act  and 

10 

 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021” below.  The Bank elected not to opt into the CBLR framework as 
of December 31, 2020. The Bank does not expect to opt into the CBLR framework in 2021. 

Prompt Corrective Action.  Federal banking agencies have broad powers to take prompt corrective action 
to resolve problems of insured depository institutions. The extent of these powers depends upon whether 
the institution in question is “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly 
undercapitalized” or “critically undercapitalized.” These terms are defined under uniform regulations issued 
by each of the federal banking agencies regulating these institutions. An insured depository institution that 
is less than adequately capitalized must adopt an acceptable capital restoration plan, is subject to increased 
regulatory oversight and is increasingly restricted in the scope of its permissible activities. 

To be well capitalized under these regulations, a bank must have the following minimum capital ratios: 
(1) a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of at least 6.5%; (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 
8.0%; (3) a total risk-based capital ratio of at least 10.0%; and (4) a leverage ratio of at least 5.0%.  At 
December 31, 2020, the Bank’s common equity Tier 1 capital ratio was 13.35%, its Tier 1 risk-based capital 
ratio  was  13.35%,  its  total  risk-based  capital  ratio  was  14.20%  and  its  leverage  ratio  was 
9.28%.  Accordingly, as of December 31, 2020, the Bank met the minimum ratios to be classified as well 
capitalized.  More information concerning our regulatory ratios at December 31, 2020 is included in Note 
13 to the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.   

As described above, on September 17, 2019, the federal banking agencies jointly issued a final rule required 
by the EGRRCPA that permits qualifying banks and bank holding companies that have less than $10 billion 
of consolidated assets to elect to opt into the CBLR framework.  Banks opting into the CBLR framework 
and  maintaining  a  CBLR  of  greater  than  9%  would  be  deemed  to  have  met  the  well  capitalized  ratio 
requirements  under  the  “prompt  corrective  action”  framework.    These  CBLR  rules  were  modified  in 
response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic.    See  “Coronavirus  Aid,  Relief,  and  Economic  Security  Act  and 
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021” below. The Bank elected not to opt into the CBLR framework as 
of December 31, 2020.  The Bank does not expect to opt into the CBLR framework in 2021. 

Restrictions on Transactions with Affiliates. Both the Company and the Bank are subject to the provisions 
of Section 23A of the Federal Reserve Act.  Section 23A places limits on the amount of: (1) a bank’s loans 
or extensions of credit, including purchases of assets subject to an agreement to repurchase, to affiliates; 
(2) a bank’s investment in affiliates; (3) assets a bank may purchase from affiliates, except for real and 
personal property exempted by the Federal Reserve; (4) the amount of loans or extensions of credit to third 
parties  collateralized  by  the  securities  or  debt  obligations  of  affiliates;  (5)  transactions  involving  the 
borrowing  or  lending  of  securities  and  any  derivative  transaction  that  results  in  credit  exposure  to  an 
affiliate; and (6) a bank’s guarantee, acceptance or letter of credit issued on behalf of an affiliate. 

The total amount of the above transactions is limited in amount, as to any one affiliate, to 10% of a bank’s 
capital and surplus and, as to all affiliates combined, to 20% of a bank’s capital and surplus. In addition to 
the limitation on the amount of these transactions, each of the above transactions must also meet specified 
collateral requirements.  The Bank must also comply with other provisions designed to avoid acquiring 
low-quality assets from its affiliates. 

The Company and the Bank are also subject to the provisions of Section 23B of the Federal Reserve Act 
which, among other things, prohibits an institution from engaging in the above transactions with affiliates 
unless the transactions are on terms substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the institution or its 
subsidiaries, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with nonaffiliated companies. 

The Bank is also subject to restrictions on extensions of credit to its executive officers, directors, principal 
shareholders and their related interests.  These extensions of credit (1) must be made on substantially the 
same  terms,  including  interest  rates  and  collateral,  as  those  prevailing  at  the  time  for  comparable 
transactions with third parties, and (2) must not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present 
other unfavorable features. 

11 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Dodd-Frank Act also provides that an insured depository institution may not purchase an asset from, 
or sell an asset to a bank insider (or their related interests) unless (1) the transaction is conducted on market 
terms between the parties, and (2) if the proposed transaction represents more than 10% of the capital stock 
and surplus of the insured institution, it has been approved in advance by a majority of the institution’s non-
interested directors. 

Incentive  Compensation  Policies  and  Restrictions.    In  July  2010,  the  federal  banking  agencies  issued 
guidance that applies to all banking organizations supervised by the agencies (thereby including both the 
Company and the Bank).  Pursuant to the guidance, to be consistent with safety and soundness principles, 
a  banking  organization’s  incentive  compensation  arrangements  should:  (1) provide  employees  with 
incentives that appropriately balance risk and reward; (2) be compatible with effective controls and risk 
management; and (3) be supported by strong corporate governance including active and effective oversight 
by the banking organization’s board of directors.  Monitoring methods and processes used by a banking 
organization  should  be  commensurate  with  the  size  and  complexity  of  the  organization  and  its  use  of 
incentive compensation. At December 31, 2020, we had not been made aware of any instances of non-
compliance with this guidance.  The Dodd-Frank Act requires the appropriate federal regulators to establish 
standards prohibiting as an unsafe and unsound practice any compensation plan of a bank holding company 
or bank that provides an insider or other employee with “excessive compensation” or that could lead to a 
material financial loss to such firm.  These standards have not yet been established. 

Anti-Money Laundering Laws and Regulations.  The Company is subject to several federal laws that are 
designed  to  combat  money  laundering,  terrorist  financing,  and  transactions  with  persons,  companies  or 
foreign governments designated by U.S. authorities (“AML laws”). This category of laws includes the Bank 
Secrecy Act of 1970, the Money Laundering Control Act of 1986, the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and 
the Anti-Money Laundering Act of 2020. 

The AML laws and their implementing regulations require insured depository institutions, broker-dealers, 
and certain other financial institutions to have policies, procedures, and controls to detect, prevent, and 
report  money  laundering  and  terrorist  financing.  The  AML  laws  and  their  regulations  also  provide  for 
information  sharing,  subject  to  conditions,  between  federal  law  enforcement  agencies  and  financial 
institutions,  as  well  as  among  financial  institutions,  for  counter-terrorism  purposes.  Federal  banking 
regulators are required, when reviewing bank holding company acquisition and bank merger applications, 
to take into account the effectiveness of the anti-money laundering activities of the applicants. To comply 
with  these  obligations,  the  Company  has  implemented  appropriate  internal  practices,  procedures,  and 
controls. 

Reporting Terrorist Activities. The Office of Foreign Assets Control (“OFAC”), which is a division of the 
Department of the Treasury, is responsible for helping to insure that United States entities do not engage in 
transactions  with  “enemies”  of  the  United  States,  as  defined  by  various  Executive  Orders  and  Acts  of 
Congress.  OFAC has sent, and will send, our banking regulatory agencies lists of names of persons and 
organizations suspected of aiding, harboring or engaging in terrorist acts. If the Bank finds a name on any 
transaction, account or wire transfer that is on an OFAC list, it must freeze such account, file a suspicious 
activity report and notify the FBI. The Bank has appointed an OFAC compliance officer to oversee the 
inspection of its accounts and the filing of any notifications. The Bank actively checks high-risk OFAC 
areas such as new accounts, wire transfers and customer files. The Bank performs these checks utilizing 
software,  which  is  updated  each  time  a  modification  is  made  to  the  lists  provided  by  OFAC  and  other 
agencies of Specially Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons. 

Mortgage  Banking  Regulation.  The  Mortgage  Company  is  subject  to  the  rules  and  regulations  by  the 
Department of Housing and Urban Development, the Federal Housing Administration, the Department of 
Veteran Affairs and state regulatory authorities with respect to originating, processing, servicing and selling 
mortgage loans. Those rules and regulations, among other things, establish standards for loan origination, 
prohibit  discrimination,  provide  for  inspections  and  appraisals  of  property,  require  credit  reports  on 
prospective borrowers and, in some cases, restrict certain loan features, and fix maximum interest rates and 
fees.  In  addition  to  other  federal  laws,  mortgage  origination  activities  are  subject  to  the  Equal  Credit 
12 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Opportunity  Act,  Truth-in-Lending  Act,  Home  Mortgage  Disclosure  Act,  the  Real  Estate  Settlement 
Procedures  Act,  and  the  Home  Ownership  Equity  Protection  Act,  and  the  regulations  promulgated 
thereunder.  These  laws  prohibit  discrimination,  require  the  disclosure  of  certain  basic  information  to 
mortgagors concerning credit and settlement costs, limit payment for settlement services to the reasonable 
value  of the  services rendered  and  require  the maintenance  and  disclosure  of information regarding the 
disposition of mortgage applications based on race, gender, geographical distribution and income level.  

Other Safety and Soundness Regulations.  There are a number of obligations and restrictions imposed on 
depository  institutions  by  federal  law  and  regulatory  policy  that  are  designed  to  reduce  potential  loss 
exposure to the depositors of such depository institutions and to the FDIC insurance funds in the event the 
depository institution becomes in danger of default or is in default.  The Federal banking agencies also have 
broad powers under current Federal law to take prompt corrective action to resolve problems of insured 
depository institutions.  The extent of these powers depends upon whether the institution in question is 
well-capitalized,  adequately  capitalized,  undercapitalized,  significantly  undercapitalized  or  critically 
undercapitalized, as defined by the law.  Federal regulatory authorities also have broad enforcement powers 
over us, including the power to impose fines and other civil and criminal penalties, and to appoint a receiver 
in order to conserve the assets of any such institution for the benefit of depositors and other creditors.  At 
December 31, 2020, the Bank met the ratio requirements to be classified as a well capitalized financial 
institution. 

Loans-to-One Borrower.  Under applicable laws and regulations the amount of loans and extensions of 
credit which may be extended by a bank to any one borrower, including related entities, generally may not 
exceed 15% of the sum of the capital, surplus, and loan loss reserve of the institution. 

Community Reinvestment.  The requirements of the Community Reinvestment Act (“CRA”) are applicable 
to the Company.  The CRA imposes on financial institutions an affirmative and ongoing obligation to meet 
the credit needs of their local communities, including low and moderate income neighborhoods, consistent 
with  the  safe  and  sound  operation  of  those  institutions.    A  financial  institution’s  efforts  in  meeting 
community  credit  needs  currently  are  evaluated  as  part  of  the  examination  process  pursuant  to  12 
assessment factors.  These factors also are considered in evaluating mergers, acquisitions and applications 
to open a branch or facility. 

In December 2019, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency jointly proposed rules that 
would significantly change existing CRA regulations. The proposed rules are intended to increase bank 
activity  in  low-  and  moderate-income  communities  where  there  is  significant  need  for  credit,  more 
responsible lending, greater access to banking services, and improvements to critical infrastructure. The 
proposals change four key areas: (i) clarifying what activities qualify for CRA credit; (ii) updating where 
activities count for CRA credit; (iii) providing a more transparent and objective method for measuring CRA 
performance; and (iv) revising CRA-related data collection, record keeping, and reporting.  The FDIC has 
not  finalized  the  revisions  to  its  CRA  rule.    We  are  evaluating  what  impact  this  proposed  rule,  if 
implemented, may have on the Company. 

Cybersecurity.  In March 2015, federal regulators issued two related statements regarding cybersecurity.  
One  statement  indicates  that  financial  institutions  should  design  multiple  layers  of  security  controls  to 
establish lines of defense and to ensure that their risk management processes also address the risk posed by 
compromised  customer  credentials,  including  security  measures  to  reliably  authenticate  customers 
accessing internet-based services of the financial institution. The other statement indicates that a financial 
institution’s  management  is  expected  to  maintain  sufficient  business  continuity  planning  processes  to 
ensure the rapid recovery, resumption and maintenance of the institution’s operations after a cyber-attack 
involving destructive malware.  A financial institution is also expected to develop appropriate processes to 
enable recovery of data and business operations and address rebuilding network capabilities and restoring 
data if the institution or its critical service providers fall victim to this type of cyber-attack.  If the Company 
fails  to  observe  the  regulatory  guidance,  it  could  be  subject  to  various  regulatory  sanctions,  including 
financial penalties. 

13 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In December 2020, the federal banking agencies issued a notice of proposed rulemaking that would require 
banking organizations to notify their primary regulator within 36 hours of becoming aware of a “computer-
security incident” or a “notification incident.” The proposed rule also would require specific and immediate 
notifications by bank service providers that become aware of similar incidents. 

To date, we have not experienced a significant compromise, significant data loss or any material financial 
losses related to cybersecurity attacks, but our systems and those of our customers and third-party service 
providers are under constant threat and it is possible that we could experience a significant event in the 
future. Risks and exposures related to cybersecurity attacks are expected to remain high for the foreseeable 
future due to the rapidly evolving nature and sophistication of these threats, as well as due to the expanding 
use of Internet banking, mobile banking and other technology-based products and services by us and our 
customers. 

Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic  Security Act and Consolidated  Appropriations Act, 2021.   In 
response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES 
Act”)  was  signed  into  law  on  March  27,  2020  and  the  Consolidated  Appropriations  Act,  2021 
(“Appropriations Act”) was signed into law on December 27, 2020.  Among other things, the CARES Act 
and Appropriations Act include the following provisions impacting financial institutions: 

•  Community  Bank  Leverage  Ratio.    The  CARES  Act  directed  federal  banking  agencies to  adopt 
interim final rules to lower the threshold under the CBLR from 9% to 8% and to provide a reasonable 
grace period for a community bank that falls below the threshold to regain compliance, in each case 
until the earlier of the termination date of the national emergency or December 31, 2020.  In April 
2020, the federal bank regulatory agencies issued two interim final rules implementing this directive.  
One  interim  final  rule  provides  that,  as  of  the  second  quarter  2020,  banking  organizations  with 
leverage ratios of 8% or greater (and that meet the other existing qualifying criteria) may elect to 
use the CBLR framework.  It also establishes a two-quarter grace period for qualifying community 
banking organizations whose leverage ratios fall below the 8% CBLR requirement, so long as the 
banking organization maintains a leverage ratio of 7% or greater.  The second interim final rule 
provides a transition from the temporary 8% CBLR requirement to a 9% CBLR requirement.  It 
establishes a minimum CBLR of 8% for the second through fourth quarters of 2020, 8.5% for 2021, 
and  9%  thereafter,  and  maintains  a  two-quarter  grace  period  for  qualifying  community  banking 
organizations whose leverage ratios fall no more than 100 basis points below the applicable CBLR 
requirement. 

•  Temporary Troubled Debt Restructurings Relief.  The CARES Act allowed banks to elect to suspend 
requirements under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) for loan modifications 
related  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic  (for  loans  that  were  not  more  than  30  days  past  due  as  of 
December 31, 2019) that would otherwise be categorized as a troubled debt restructuring, including 
impairment for accounting purposes, until the earlier of 60 days after the termination date of the 
national emergency or December 31, 2020.  Federal banking agencies are required to defer to the 
determination  of  the  banks  making  such  suspension.    The  Appropriations  Act  extended  this 
temporary relief until the earlier of 60 days after the termination date of the national emergency or 
January 1, 2022. 

•  Small Business Administration Paycheck Protection Program.  The CARES Act created the Small 
Business Administration (“SBA”) Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) and it was extended by the 
Appropriations Act.  Under the PPP, money was authorized for small business loans to pay payroll 
and group health costs, salaries and commissions, mortgage and rent payments, utilities, and interest 
on other debt.  The loans are provided through participating financial institutions, such as the Bank, 
that process loan applications and service the loans. 

14 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Future Legislation and Regulation.  Congress may enact legislation from time to time that affects the 
regulation of the financial services industry, and state legislatures may enact legislation from time to time 
affecting the regulation of financial institutions chartered by or operating in those states. Federal and state 
regulatory agencies also periodically propose and adopt changes to their regulations or change the manner 
in  which  existing  regulations  are  applied.  The  substance  or  impact  of  pending  or  future  legislation  or 
regulation, or the application thereof, cannot be predicted, although enactment of the proposed legislation 
could impact the regulatory structure under which we operate and may significantly increase costs, impede 
the efficiency of internal business processes, require an increase in regulatory capital, require modifications 
to business strategy, and limit the ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner.  

Employees 

As of December 31, 2020, the Company and its subsidiaries had a total of 146 full-time employees and 6 
part-time employees.  None of the Company’s employees is covered by a collective bargaining agreement.  
The Company considers its relations with its employees to be good. 

The  Company  has  a  Code  of  Ethics  for  directors,  officers  and  all  employees  of  the  Company  and  its 
subsidiaries, and a Code of Ethics applicable to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial 
Officer and other principal financial officers. The Code addresses such topics as protection and proper use 
of Company assets, compliance with applicable laws and regulations, accuracy and preservation of records, 
accounting and financial reporting and conflicts of interest. A copy of the Code will be provided, without 
charge, to any shareholder upon written request to the Secretary of the Company, whose address is P.O. 
Box 330, 13319 Midlothian Turnpike, Midlothian, Virginia 23113. 

Additional Information 

The Company files annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the 
SEC. Electronic copies of our SEC filings are available on the SEC’s Internet site (http://www.sec.gov). 

The Company’s Internet address is http://www.villagebank.com.  At that address, we make available, free 
of charge, the Company’s annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on 
Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the 
Exchange  Act (see  “Investor  Relations”  section  of  website),  as soon as  reasonably  practicable  after  we 
electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. 

In addition, we will provide, at no cost, paper or electronic copies of our reports and other filings made with 
the  SEC  (except  for  exhibits).  Requests  should  be  directed  to  Donald  M.  Kaloski,  Jr.,  Chief  Financial 
Officer, Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp., PO Box 330, Midlothian, VA 23113.  

The information on the websites listed above is not and should not be considered to be part of this annual 
report on Form 10-K and is not incorporated by reference in this document.  

15 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS 

An investment in our common stock is subject to risks inherent to our business.  Investors should carefully 
consider the risks and uncertainties described below, together with all of the other information included or 
incorporated by reference in this report.  The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones 
facing  us.    Additional  risks  and  uncertainties  that  management  is  not  aware  of  or  focused  on,  or  that 
management  currently  deems  immaterial,  may  also  impair  our  business  and  operations.    If  any  of  the 
following risks adversely affects our business, financial condition or results of operations, the value of our 
common stock could decline. The Risk Factor Summary that follows should be read in conjunction with 
the detailed description of risk factors below.  

Risk Factor Summary 

These risks and uncertainties include: 

Risk Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic 

•  The impacts of COVID-19, or the outbreak of another highly infectious or contagious disease, 
could adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Risks related to the Company’s Lending Activities 

•  Our credit standards and on-going credit assessment processes might not protect us from significant 

credit losses. 

•  Our allowance for loan losses may be insufficient. 
•  Nonperforming assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations 

and financial condition. 

•  We have a high concentration of loans secured by real estate, and a downturn in the local real estate 

market could materially and negatively affect our business. 

•  A portion of our loan portfolio consists of construction and land development loans, and a decline 
in real estate values and economic conditions would adversely affect the value of the collateral 
securing the loans and have an adverse effect on our financial condition 

•  We have a significant concentration of credit exposure in commercial real estate, and loans with 

this type of collateral are viewed as having more risk of default. 

•  Our focus on lending to small to mid-sized community-based businesses may increase our credit 

risk. 

•  We  rely  upon  independent  appraisals  to  determine  the  value  of  the  real  estate  which  secures  a 
significant portion of our loans, and the values indicated by such appraisals may not be realizable 
if we are forced to foreclose upon such loans. 

•  We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we take title. 

Risk Related to Market Interest Rates 

•  Our business is subject to interest rate risk, and variations in interest rates may negatively affect 

financial performance. 

•  We may be required to transition from the use of the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") 

index in the future. 

Risks Related to the Company’s Business, Industry and Markets 

•  We face strong and growing competition from financial services companies and other companies 

that offer banking and other financial services, which could negatively affect our business. 

•  Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions. 
•  Our ability to operate profitably may be dependent on our ability to integrate or introduce various 

technologies into our operations. 

•  Changes in economic conditions, especially in the areas in which we conduct operations, could 

materially and negatively affect our business. 

•  We may be adversely impacted by changes in market conditions. 

16 

 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
•  Our mortgage banking revenue is cyclical and is sensitive to the level of interest rates, changes in 
economic conditions, decreased economic activity, and slowdowns in the housing market, any of 
which could adversely impact our profits. 

Risk Related to the Company’s Operations 

•  Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition. 
•  We  are  dependent  on  key  personnel  and  the  loss  of  one  or  more  of  those  key  personnel  may 

materially and adversely affect our operations. 

•  The success of our strategy depends on our ability to identify and retain individuals with experience 

• 

and relationships in our markets. 
If  we  are  unable  to  successfully  implement  and  manage  our  growth  strategy,  our  results  of 
operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. 

•  We are subject to a variety of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal and compliance 

risk, and the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders. 

•  The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us 
•  Failure  to  maintain  effective  systems  of  internal  and  disclosure  control  could  have  a  material 

adverse effect on our results of operation and financial condition. 

•  We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties and 

our financial condition could be adversely affected if we rely on misleading information. 

•  Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security. 
•  We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure. 

Risks Related to the Company’s Regulatory Environment 

•  Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings. 
•  We operate in a highly regulated industry and the laws and regulations that govern our operations, 
corporate governance, executive compensation and financial accounting, or reporting, including 
changes in them or our failure to comply with them, may adversely affect us. 

•  Regulatory  enacted  capital  standards,  including  the  Basel  III  Capital  Rules,  may  require  the 
Company and the Bank to maintain higher levels of capital and liquid assets, which could adversely 
affect  our  profitability  and  return  on  equity  or  require  us  to  raise  additional  capital  and  dilute 
existing shareholders. 

Risk Related to the Company’s Common Stock 

•  Our common stock is thinly traded which may limit the ability of shareholders to sell their shares 

and may increase price volatility. 

•  Our ability to pay dividends is limited, and we may be unable to pay future dividends. 
• 

If we fail to pay interest on or otherwise default on our subordinated notes and subordinated debt 
securities, we will be prohibited from paying dividends or distributions on our common stock. 
•  Our governing documents and Virginia law contain anti-takeover provisions that could negatively 

impact our shareholders. 

•  Our largest shareholder, Kenneth R. Lehman, has significant influence over our business through 
his  share  ownership  and  his  interests  may  not  align  with  the  interests  of  other  holders  of  our 
common stock. 
If Mr. Lehman acquires more than 66.67% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, 
it will cause the acceleration of benefits under certain of our employment and benefit agreements, 
which will cause us to incur additional compensation expenses. 

• 

17 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risks Related to the COVID-19 Pandemic 

The impacts of COVID-19, or the outbreak of another highly infectious or contagious disease, could 
adversely affect the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations. 

The Company’s business is dependent upon the willingness and ability of its customers to conduct banking 
and other financial transactions. Since the beginning of January 2020, the COVID-19 outbreak has caused 
significant disruption in the financial markets both globally and in the United States. The continuing spread 
of  COVID-19  and  the  related  government  actions  to  mandate  or  encourage  quarantines  and  social 
distancing has resulted in a significant decrease in commercial activity nationally and in the Company’s 
markets, and may cause customers, vendors, and counterparties to be unable to meet existing payment or 
other obligations to the Company and the Bank. 

The national public health crisis arising from the COVID-19 pandemic (and public expectations about it), 
combined  with  certain  pre-existing  factors,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  international  trade  disputes, 
inflation risks, and oil price volatility, could further destabilize the financial markets and the markets in 
which the Company operates.  The resulting impacts on consumers, including the sudden increase in the 
unemployment rate, is expected to cause changes in consumer and business spending, borrowing needs and 
saving habits, which will likely affect the demand for loans and other products and services the Company 
offers,  as  well  as  the  creditworthiness  of  potential  and  current  borrowers.    Borrower  loan  defaults  that 
adversely affect the Company’s earnings correlate with deteriorating economic conditions, which, in turn, 
may impact borrowers’ creditworthiness and the Bank’s ability to make loans. 

The  use  of  quarantines  and  social  distancing  methods  to  curtail  the  spread  of  COVID-19  –  whether 
mandated by governmental authorities or recommended as a public health practice – may adversely affect 
the  Company’s  operations  as  key  personnel,  employees  and  customers  avoid  physical  interaction.    In 
response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the  Bank  has  been  directing  branch  customers  to  use  drive-thru 
windows and online banking services, and many employees are telecommuting.  It is not yet known what 
impact these operational changes may have on the Company’s financial performance.  The spread could 
also negatively impact availability of key personnel and employee productivity, as well as the business 
operations  of  third-party  service  providers  who  perform  critical  services  for  us,  which  could  adversely 
impact our ability to deliver products and services to our customers. 

As  a  result,  if  COVID-19  continues  to  spread  or  the  response  to  contain  the  COVID-19  pandemic  is 
unsuccessful, the Company could experience a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition, 
and results of operations. 

Risk Related to the Company’s Lending Activities 

Our credit standards and on-going credit assessment processes might not protect us from significant 
credit losses. 

We take credit risk by virtue of making loans and extending loan commitments and letters of credit. We 
manage credit risk through a program of underwriting standards, the review of certain credit decisions and 
an  ongoing  process  of  assessment  of  the  quality  of  the  credit  already  extended.  In  addition,  our  credit 
administration function employs risk management techniques intended to promptly identify problem loans. 
While  these  procedures  are  designed  to  provide  us  with  the  information  needed  to  implement  policy 
adjustments where necessary and to take appropriate corrective actions, there can be no assurance that such 
measures will be effective in avoiding future undue credit risk, and credit losses will occur in the future and 
they may be significant. 

18 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our allowance for loan losses may be insufficient. 

We maintain an allowance for loan losses, which is a reserve established through a provision for loan losses 
charged to expense, that represents our best estimate of probable losses that have been incurred within the 
existing portfolio of loans.  The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for 
estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. 

The level of the allowance reflects management’s evaluation of the level of loans outstanding, the level of 
nonperforming loans, historical loan loss experience, delinquency trends, underlying collateral values, the 
amount of actual losses charged to the reserve in a given period and assessment of present and anticipated 
economic conditions.  The determination of the appropriate level of the allowance for loan losses inherently 
involves a high degree of subjectivity and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks 
and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes.  Although we believe the allowance for loan 
losses  is  a  reasonable  estimate  of  known  and  inherent  losses  in  the  loan  portfolio,  we  cannot  precisely 
predict such losses or be certain that the loan loss allowance will be adequate in the future.  Deterioration 
of economic conditions  affecting  borrowers,  new information regarding  existing  loans,  identification  of 
additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside our control, may require an increase in 
the allowance for loan losses.  In addition, bank regulatory agencies and our auditors periodically review 
our allowance for loan losses and may require an increase in the provision for loan losses or the recognition 
of further loan charge-offs, based on judgments different than those of management.  Further, if charge-
offs in future periods exceed the allowance for loan losses, we will need additional provisions to increase 
the allowance for loan losses. 

In addition, the adoption of Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, as amended, could result in 
an increase in the allowance for loan losses as a result of changing from an “incurred loss” model, which 
encompasses allowances for current known and inherent losses within the portfolio, to an “expected loss” 
model, which encompasses allowances for losses expected to be incurred over the life of the portfolio. As 
a smaller reporting company, the Company has elected to defer adoption of ASU 2016-13 until January 
2023.  For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements and their effect on us, see “Recent 
Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Any increases in the allowance 
for loan losses will result in a decrease in net income and, possibly capital, and may have a material adverse 
effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

Nonperforming assets take significant time to resolve and adversely affect our results of operations and 
financial condition. 

Our nonperforming assets adversely affect our net income in various ways. Nonperforming assets, (which 
include nonaccrual loans and other real estate owned, but exclude loans past due 90 days and still accruing 
as these loans are rehabilitated student loans which have a 98% guarantee by the DOE of principal and 
interest), were $1,913,000, or 0.27% of total assets, as of December 31, 2020.  When we receive collateral 
through foreclosures and similar proceedings, we are required to mark the related loan to the then fair value 
of the collateral less estimated selling costs, which may result in a loss. An increased level of nonperforming 
assets also increases our risk profile and may impact the capital levels regulators believe are appropriate in 
light of such risks. We utilize various techniques such as workouts, restructurings and loan sales to manage 
problem  assets.  Increases  in  or  negative  changes  in  the  value  of  these  problem  assets,  the  underlying 
collateral,  or in the borrowers’  performance  or  financial  condition,  could adversely affect  our  business, 
results of operations and financial condition. In addition, the resolution of nonperforming assets requires 
significant commitments of time from management and staff, which can be detrimental to the performance 
of their other responsibilities, including generation of new loans. There can be no assurance that we will 
avoid increases in nonperforming loans in the future. 

19 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have a high concentration of loans secured by real estate, and a downturn in the local real estate 
market could materially and negatively affect our business. 

We offer a variety of secured loans, including commercial lines of credit, commercial term loans, real estate, 
construction, residential mortgages, home equity loans and lines of credit, consumer and other loans. Many 
of  these  loans  are  secured  by  real  estate  (both  residential  and  commercial)  located  principally  in  the 
Commonwealth of Virginia. As of December 31, 2020, 61.92% of all loans were secured by mortgages on 
real property. A major change in the real estate market, such as deterioration in the value of this collateral, 
or in the local or national economy, could adversely affect our customers’ ability to pay these loans, which 
in turn could impact us. If there is a decline in real estate values, especially in our market area, the collateral 
for loans would deteriorate and provide significantly less security. The ability to recover on defaulted loans 
by selling the real estate collateral could then be diminished and we would be more likely to suffer losses. 

A portion of our loan portfolio consists of construction and land development loans, and a decline in 
real estate values and economic conditions would adversely affect the value of the collateral securing 
the loans and have an adverse effect on our financial condition. 

At  December  31,  2020,  approximately  5.26%  of  our  loan  portfolio,  or  $29,569,000,  consisted  of 
construction  and  land  development  loans.  Construction  financing  typically  involves  a  higher  degree  of 
credit risk than financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate and improved, income producing real 
estate. Risk of loss on a construction or land development loan is largely dependent upon the accuracy of 
the initial estimate of the property’s value at completion of construction or development, the marketability 
of the property, and the bid price and estimated cost (including interest) of construction or development. If 
the estimate of construction or development costs proves to be inaccurate, we may be required to advance 
funds beyond the amount originally committed to permit completion of the project. If the estimate of the 
value proves to be inaccurate, we may be confronted, at or prior to the maturity of the loan, with a project 
whose value is insufficient to assure full repayment. When lending to builders and developers, the cost 
breakdown  of  construction  or  development  is  provided  by  the  builder  or  developer.  Although  our 
underwriting  criteria  are  designed  to  evaluate  and  minimize  the  risks  of  each  construction  or  land 
development loan, there can be no guarantee that these practices will have safeguarded against material 
delinquencies  and  losses  to  our  operations.  In  addition,  construction  and  land  development  loans  are 
dependent  on  the  successful  completion  of  the  projects  they  finance.  Loans  secured  by  vacant  or 
unimproved  land  are  generally  riskier  than  loans  secured  by  improved  property.  These  loans  are  more 
susceptible to adverse conditions in the real estate market and local economy. 

We have a significant concentration of credit exposure in commercial real estate, and loans with this 
type of collateral are viewed as having more risk of default. 

As of December 31, 2020, we had approximately $231,224,000 in loans secured by commercial real estate, 
representing approximately 41.21% of total loans outstanding at that date. The real estate consists primarily 
of  non-owner-operated  properties  and  other  commercial  properties.  These  types  of  loans  are  generally 
viewed as having more risk of default than residential real estate loans. They are also typically larger than 
residential real estate loans and consumer loans and depend on cash flows from the owner’s business or the 
property to service the debt. It may be more difficult for commercial real estate borrowers to repay their 
loans  in  a  timely  manner,  as  commercial  real  estate  borrowers’  abilities  to  repay  their  loans  frequently 
depends on the successful rental of their properties. Cash flows may be affected significantly by general 
economic conditions, and a downturn in the local economy or in occupancy rates in the local economy 
where the property is located could increase the likelihood of default. Because our loan portfolio contains 
a number of commercial real estate loans with relatively large balances, the deterioration of one or a few of 
these loans could cause a significant increase in our percentage of non-performing loans. An increase in 
non-performing loans could result in a loss of earnings from these loans, an increase in the provision for 
loan losses and an increase in charge-offs, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial 
condition. 

20 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our banking regulators generally give commercial real estate lending greater scrutiny, and may require 
banks  with  higher  levels  of  commercial  real  estate  loans  to  implement  improved  underwriting,  internal 
controls,  risk  management  policies  and  portfolio  stress  testing,  as  well  as  possibly  higher  levels  of 
allowances for losses and capital as a result of commercial real estate lending growth and exposures, which 
could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

Our focus on lending to small to mid-sized community-based businesses may increase our credit risk. 

Most of our commercial business and commercial real estate loans are made to small business or middle 
market  customers.  These  businesses  generally  have  fewer  financial  resources  in  terms  of  capital  or 
borrowing  capacity  than  larger  entities  and  have  a  heightened  vulnerability  to  economic  conditions.  If 
general  economic  conditions  in  the  market  area  in  which  we  operate  negatively  impact  this  important 
customer sector, our results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected. Moreover, a 
portion of these loans have been made by us in recent years and the borrowers may not have experienced a 
complete  business  or  economic  cycle.  The  deterioration  of  our  borrowers’  businesses  may  hinder  their 
ability to repay their loans with us, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition 
and results of operations. 

We rely upon independent appraisals to determine the value of the real estate which secures a significant 
portion of our loans, and the values indicated by such appraisals may not be realizable if we are forced 
to foreclose upon such loans. 

A significant portion of our loan portfolio consists of loans secured by real estate. We rely upon independent 
appraisers  to  estimate  the  value  of  such  real  estate.  Appraisals  are  only  estimates  of  value  and  the 
independent appraisers may make mistakes of fact or judgment which adversely affect the reliability of 
their appraisals. In addition, events occurring after the initial appraisal may cause the value of the real estate 
to increase or decrease. As a result of any of these factors, the real estate securing some of our loans may 
be more or less valuable than anticipated at the time the loans were made. If a default occurs on a loan 
secured by real estate that is less valuable than originally estimated, we may not be able to recover the 
outstanding balance of the loan and will suffer a loss. 

We are exposed to risk of environmental liabilities with respect to properties to which we take title. 

In the course of our business we may foreclose and take title to real estate, potentially becoming subject to 
environmental liabilities associated with the properties. We may be held liable to a governmental entity or 
to third parties for property damage, personal injury, investigation and clean-up costs or we may be required 
to investigate or clean up hazardous or toxic substances or chemical releases at a property. Costs associated 
with investigation or remediation activities can be substantial. If we are the owner or former owner of a 
contaminated site, we may be subject to common law claims by third parties based on damages and costs 
resulting from environmental contamination emanating from the property. These costs and claims could 
adversely affect our business. 

Risk Related to Market Interest Rates 

Our business is subject to interest rate risk, and variations in interest rates may negatively affect financial 
performance. 

Changes in the interest rate environment may reduce our profits. It is expected that we will continue to 
realize income from the differential or “spread” between the interest earned on loans, securities, and other 
interest earning assets, and interest paid on deposits, borrowings and other interest bearing liabilities. Net 
interest spreads are affected by the difference between the maturities and repricing characteristics of interest 
earning assets and interest bearing liabilities. In addition, loan volume and yields are affected by market 
interest  rates  on  loans,  and  rising  interest  rates  generally  are  associated  with  a  lower  volume  of  loan 
originations. Management cannot ensure that it can minimize our interest rate risk. While an increase in the 

21 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
general level of interest rates may increase the loan yield and the net interest margin, it may adversely affect 
the ability of certain borrowers with variable rate loans to pay the interest and principal of their obligations.  
Also, when the difference between long-term interest rates and short-term interest rates is small or when 
short-term interest rates exceed long-term interest rates, our margins may decline and our earnings may be 
adversely affected. Accordingly, changes in levels of market interest rates could materially and adversely 
affect the net interest spread, asset quality, loan origination volume and our overall profitability. 

We may be required to transition from the use of the London Interbank Offered Rate ("LIBOR") index 
in the future. 

In 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced that after 2021 it would no longer 
compel banks to submit the rates required to calculate LIBOR.  In November 2020, the administrator of 
LIBOR  announced  it  will  consult  on  its  intention  to  extend  the  retirement  date  of  certain  offered  rates 
whereby the publication of the one week and two month LIBOR offered rates will cease after December 
31,  2021;  but, the publication  of  the remaining  LIBOR  offered  rates  will continue  until  June  30,  2023. 
Given  consumer  protection,  litigation,  and  reputation  risks,  federal  bank  regulators  have  indicated  that 
entering into new contracts that use LIBOR as a reference rate after December 31, 2021, would create safety 
and  soundness  risks  and  that  they  will  examine  bank  practices  accordingly.  Therefore,  the  agencies 
encouraged  banks  to  cease  entering  into  new  contracts  that  use  LIBOR  as  a  reference  rate  as  soon  as 
practicable and in any event by December 31, 2021.  

Regulators, industry groups, and others have, among other things, published recommended replacement 
language for LIBOR-linked financial instruments, identified recommended alternatives for certain LIBOR 
rates (e.g., the Secured Overnight Financing Rate), and proposed implementations of the recommended 
alternatives  in  floating  rate  instruments.  There  is  not  yet  any  consensus  on  what  recommendations  and 
proposals will be broadly accepted. 

We  have  a  number  of  loans,  borrowings  and  other  financial  instruments  with  attributes  that  are  either 
directly or indirectly dependent on LIBOR. The transition from LIBOR could create considerable costs and 
additional  risk.  Since  proposed  alternative  rates  are  calculated  differently,  payments  under  contracts 
referencing new rates will differ from those referencing LIBOR. The transition will change our market risk 
profiles,  requiring  changes  to  risk  and  pricing  models,  valuation  tools,  product  design  and  hedging 
strategies.  Furthermore,  failure  to  adequately  manage  this  transition  process  with  our  customers  could 
adversely impact our reputation. Although we are currently unable to assess what the ultimate impact of 
the transition from LIBOR will be, failure to adequately manage the transition could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. 

Risks Related to the Company’s Business, Industry and Markets 

We face strong and growing competition from financial services companies and other companies that 
offer banking and other financial services, which could negatively affect our business. 

We encounter substantial competition from other financial institutions in our market area and competition 
is  increasing.  Ultimately,  we  may  not  be  able  to  compete  successfully  against  current  and  future 
competitors. Many competitors offer the same banking services that we offer in our service area. These 
competitors include national, regional and community banks. We also face competition from many other 
types  of  financial  institutions,  including  finance  companies,  mutual  and  money  market  fund  providers, 
brokerage  firms,  insurance  companies,  credit  unions,  financial  subsidiaries  of  certain  industrial 
corporations,  financial  technology  (“fintech”)  companies  and  mortgage  companies.    In  particular,  the 
activity of fintech companies has grown significantly over recent years and is expected to continue to grow. 
Fintech companies have and may continue to offer bank or bank-like products and some fintech companies 
have applied for bank charters. In addition, other fintech companies have partnered with existing banks to 
allow  them  to  offer  deposit  products  to  their  customers.    Increased  competition  may  result  in  reduced 
business for us. 

22 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Additionally, banks and other financial institutions with larger capitalization and financial intermediaries 
not subject to bank regulatory restrictions have larger lending limits and are thereby able to serve the credit 
needs  of  larger  customers.  Areas  of  competition  include  interest  rates  for  loans  and  deposits,  efforts  to 
obtain  loans  and  deposits,  and  range  and  quality  of  products  and  services  provided,  including  new 
technology-driven products and services. If we are unable to attract and retain banking customers, we may 
be  unable  to  continue  to  grow  loan  and  deposit  portfolios  and  our  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition may otherwise be adversely affected. 

Consumers may decide not to use banks to complete their financial transactions. 

Technology and other changes are allowing parties to complete financial transactions through alternative 
methods  that  historically  have  involved  banks.  The  activity  and  prominence  of  so-called  marketplace 
lenders and other technological financial service companies have grown significantly over recent years and 
are  expected  to  continue  growing.  In  addition,  consumers  can  now  maintain  funds  that  would  have 
historically  been  held  as  bank  deposits  in  brokerage  accounts,  mutual  funds,  digital  wallets  or  general-
purpose reloadable prepaid cards. Consumers can also complete transactions, such as paying bills and/or 
transferring  funds  directly  without  the  assistance  of  banks.  The  process  of  eliminating  banks  as 
intermediaries, known as “disintermediation,” could result in the loss of fee income, as well as the loss of 
customer deposits and the related income generated from those deposits. If we are unable to address the 
competitive pressures that we face, we could lose market share, which could result in reduced net revenue 
and profitability and lower returns. The loss of these revenue streams and the lower cost of deposits as a 
source of funds could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations. 

Our  ability  to  operate  profitably  may  be  dependent  on  our  ability  to  integrate  or  introduce  various 
technologies into our operations. 

The market for financial services, including banking and consumer finance services, is increasingly affected 
by advances in technology, including developments in telecommunications, data processing, computers, 
automation, online banking and tele-banking. Our ability to compete successfully in our market may depend 
on the extent to which we are able to exploit such technological changes. If we are not able to afford such 
technologies, properly or timely anticipate or implement such technologies, or effectively train our staff to 
use such technologies, our business, financial condition or operating results could be adversely affected. 

Changes  in  economic  conditions,  especially  in  the  areas  in  which  we  conduct  operations,  could 
materially and negatively affect our business. 

Our business is directly impacted by economic conditions, legislative and regulatory changes, changes in 
government monetary and fiscal policies, and inflation, all of which are beyond our control. A deterioration 
in economic conditions, whether caused by global, national or local concerns, especially within our market 
area,  could  result  in  the  following  potentially  material  consequences:  loan  delinquencies  increasing; 
problem assets and foreclosures increasing; demand for products and services decreasing; low cost or non-
interest bearing deposits decreasing; and collateral for loans, especially real estate, declining in value, in 
turn reducing customers’ borrowing power, and reducing the value of assets and collateral associated with 
existing  loans.  An  economic  downturn  could  result  in  losses  that  materially  and  adversely  affect  our 
business. 

We may be adversely impacted by changes in market conditions. 

We are directly and indirectly affected by changes in market conditions. Market risk generally represents 
the risk that values of assets and liabilities or revenues will be adversely affected by changes in market 
conditions. As a financial institution, market risk is inherent in the financial instruments associated with 
our operations and activities, including loans, deposits, securities, short-term borrowings, long-term debt 
and trading account assets and liabilities. A few of the market conditions that may shift from time to time, 
thereby exposing us to market risk, include fluctuations in interest rates, equity and futures prices, and price 
deterioration or changes in value due to changes in market perception or actual credit quality of issuers. 
23 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  investment  securities  portfolio,  in  particular,  may  be  impacted  by  market  conditions  beyond  our 
control, including rating agency downgrades of the securities, defaults of the issuers of the securities, lack 
of market pricing of the securities, and inactivity or instability in the credit markets. Any changes in these 
conditions,  in  current  accounting  principles  or  interpretations  of  these  principles  could  impact  our 
assessment of fair value and thus the determination of other-than-temporary impairment of the securities in 
the investment securities portfolio. 

Our  mortgage  banking  revenue  is  cyclical  and  is  sensitive  to  the  level  of  interest  rates,  changes  in 
economic conditions, decreased economic activity, and slowdowns in the housing market, any of which 
could adversely impact our profits. 

Mortgage  banking  income,  net  of  commissions,  represented  approximately  79.48%  of  total  noninterest 
income for the year ended December 31, 2020. The success of our mortgage company is dependent upon 
our ability to originate loans and sell them to investors at or near current volumes.  Loan production levels 
are sensitive to changes in the level of interest rates and changes in economic conditions.  Any sustained 
period of decreased activity caused by fewer refinancing transactions, higher interest rates, housing price 
pressure  or  loan  underwriting  restrictions  would  adversely  affect  our  mortgage  originations  and, 
consequently, could significantly reduce our income from mortgage banking activities. As a result, these 
conditions would also adversely affect our results of operations. 

Risk Related to the Company’s Operations 

Liquidity risk could impair our ability to fund operations and jeopardize our financial condition. 

Liquidity is the ability to meet cash flow needs on a timely basis at a reasonable cost.  The liquidity of the 
Company is used to service its debt.  The liquidity of the Bank is used to make loans and leases and to repay 
deposit liabilities  as  they  become  due  or are demanded  by  customers.    Our  overall liquidity  position is 
regularly monitored to ensure that  various  alternative  strategies  exist  to  cover  unanticipated  events  that 
could affect liquidity.  An inability to raise funds through deposits, borrowings and other sources could 
have a substantial negative effect on our liquidity. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to 
finance  our  activities  on  terms  that  are  acceptable  to  us  could  be  impaired  by  factors  that  affect  us 
specifically, or the financial services industry or economy in general. Factors that could negatively impact 
our  access to  liquidity  sources include  a  decrease  in the  level  of  our  business  activity  as  a  result  of  an 
economic  downturn  in  the  market  area  in  which  our  loans  are  concentrated;  adverse  regulatory  action 
against us; or our inability to attract and retain deposits. 

Our  ability  to  borrow  could  be  impaired  by  factors  that  are  not  specific  to  us  or  our  region,  such  as  a 
disruption in the financial markets or negative views and expectations about the prospects for the financial 
services industry. 

We are dependent on key personnel and the loss of one or more of those key personnel may materially 
and adversely affect our operations. 

We are a relationship-driven organization, and currently depend heavily on the services of a number of key 
management and business development personnel. These officers have primary contact with our customers 
and  are  extremely  important  in  maintaining  personalized  relationships  with  our  customer  base  and 
producing  new  business,  which  is  a  key  aspect  of  our  business  strategy  and  earnings  momentum.  The 
unexpected  loss  of  key  personnel  could  materially  and  adversely  affect  our  results  of  operations  and 
financial condition. 

The success of our strategy depends on our ability to identify and retain individuals with experience and 
relationships in our markets. 

24 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In order to be successful, we must identify and retain experienced key management members and sales staff 
with local expertise and relationships. Competition for qualified personnel is intense and there is a limited 
number of qualified persons with knowledge of and experience in the community banking and mortgage 
industry in our chosen geographic market.  Even if we identify individuals that we believe could assist us 
in building our franchise, we may be unable to recruit these individuals away from their current employers. 
In addition, the process of identifying and recruiting individuals with the combination of skills and attributes 
required  to  carry  out  our  strategy  is  often  lengthy.  Our  inability  to  identify,  recruit  and  retain  talented 
personnel could limit our growth and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition 
and results of operations. 

If we are unable to successfully implement and manage our growth strategy, our results of operations 
and financial condition may be adversely affected. 

We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy if we are unable to identify attractive 
markets,  locations  or  opportunities  to  expand  in  the  future.  In  addition,  the  ability  to  manage  growth 
successfully depends on whether we can maintain adequate capital levels, cost controls and asset quality, 
and successfully integrate any acquired branch offices or banks. We cannot assure you that any integration 
efforts relating to our growth strategy will be successful.  In implementing our growth strategy by opening 
new branches or acquiring branches or banks, we expect to incur increased personnel, occupancy and other 
operating expenses. In the case of new branches, we must absorb those higher expenses while we begin to 
generate new deposits; there is also further time lag involved in redeploying new deposits into attractively 
priced loans and other higher yielding earning assets.   

We may consider acquiring other businesses or expanding into new product lines that we believe will help 
us fulfill our strategic objectives. We expect that other banking and financial companies, some of which 
have significantly greater resources, will compete with us to acquire financial services businesses. This 
competition could increase prices for potential acquisitions that we believe are attractive. Acquisitions may 
also be subject to various regulatory approvals. If we fail to receive the appropriate regulatory approvals, 
we will not be able to consummate acquisitions that we believe are in our best interests. 

When we enter into new markets or new lines of business, our lack of history and familiarity with those 
markets,  clients and  lines of  business  may  lead to  unexpected challenges  or  difficulties that  inhibit  our 
success. Our plans to expand could depress earnings in the short run, even if we efficiently execute a growth 
strategy leading to long-term financial benefits. 

We are subject to a variety of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, 
and the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders. 

We are exposed to many types of operational risks, including reputational risk, legal and compliance risk, 
the risk of fraud or theft by employees or outsiders, unauthorized transactions by employees, operational 
errors,  clerical  or  record-keeping  errors,  and  errors  resulting  from  faulty  or  disabled  computer  or 
communications systems. 

Reputational risk, or the risk to our earnings and capital from negative public opinion, could result from 
our actual or alleged conduct in any number of activities, including lending practices, corporate governance, 
and  from  actions  taken  by  government  regulators  and  community  organizations  in  response  to  those 
activities.    Negative  public  opinion  can  adversely  affect  our  ability  to  attract  and  keep  customers  and 
employees and can expose us to litigation and regulatory action. 

Further, if any of our financial, accounting, or other data processing systems fail or have other significant 
issues,  we  could  be  adversely  affected.  We  depend  on  internal  systems  and  outsourced  technology  to 
support  these  data  storage  and  processing  operations.  Our  inability  to  use  or  access  these  information 
systems at critical points in time could unfavorably impact the timeliness and efficiency of our business 
operations. We could be adversely affected if one of our employees causes a significant operational break-
down  or  failure,  either  as  a  result  of  human  error  or  where  an  individual  purposefully  sabotages  or 
25 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
fraudulently manipulates our operations or systems. We are also at risk of the impact of natural disasters, 
terrorism  and  international  hostilities  on  our  systems  and  from  the  effects  of  outages  or  other  failures 
involving power or communications systems operated by others. We may also be subject to disruptions of 
our operating systems arising from events that are wholly or partially beyond our control (for example, 
computer viruses or electrical or communications outages), which may give rise to disruption of service to 
customers  and  to  financial  loss  or  liability.    In  addition,  there  have  been  instances  where  financial 
institutions have been victims of fraudulent activity in which criminals pose as customers to initiate wire 
and  automated  clearinghouse  transactions  out  of  customer  accounts.  Although  we  have  policies  and 
procedures in place to verify the authenticity of our customers, we cannot guarantee that such policies and 
procedures will prevent all fraudulent transfers. Such activity can result in financial liability and harm to 
our reputation. 

If any of the foregoing risks materialize, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

The soundness of other financial institutions could adversely affect us. 

Our  ability  to  engage  in  routine  funding  transactions  could  be  adversely  affected  by  the  actions  and 
commercial soundness of other financial institutions. Financial services institutions are interrelated as a 
result  of  trading,  clearing,  counterparty  or  other  relationships.  We  have  exposure  to  many  different 
industries  and counterparties,  and  we  routinely  execute  transactions  with counterparties in  the financial 
industry.  As  a  result,  defaults  by,  or  even  rumors  or  questions  about,  one  or  more  financial  services 
institutions, or the financial services industry generally, have led to market-wide liquidity problems and 
could lead to losses or defaults by us or by other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit 
risk in the event of default of our counterparty or client. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated 
when the collateral held by us cannot be realized upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the 
full amount of the financial instrument exposure due us. There is no assurance that any such losses would 
not materially and adversely affect our results of operations. 

Failure to maintain effective systems of internal and disclosure control could have a material adverse 
effect on our results of operation and financial condition. 

Effective  internal  and  disclosure  controls  are  necessary  for  us  to  provide  reliable  financial  reports  and 
effectively prevent fraud and to operate successfully as a public company. If we cannot provide reliable 
financial reports or prevent fraud, our reputation and operating results would be harmed. As part of our 
ongoing monitoring of internal control, we may discover material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in 
our internal control that require remediation. A “material weakness” is a deficiency, or a combination of 
deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a 
material  misstatement  of  a  company’s  annual  or  interim  financial  statements  will  not  be  prevented  or 
detected on a timely basis. 

Our  inability  to  maintain  the  operating  effectiveness  of  the  controls  described  above  could  result  in  a 
material misstatement to our financial statements or other disclosures, which could have an adverse effect 
on our business, financial condition or results of operations. In addition, any failure to maintain effective 
controls or to timely effect any necessary improvement of our internal and disclosure controls could, among 
other things, result in losses from fraud or error, harm our reputation or cause investors to lose confidence 
in our reported financial information, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our results of 
operation and financial condition. 

We depend on the accuracy and completeness of information about clients and counterparties and our 
financial condition could be adversely affected if we rely on misleading information. 

In deciding whether to extend credit or to enter into other transactions with clients and counterparties, we 
may rely on information furnished to us by or on behalf of clients and counterparties, including financial 
statements and other financial information, which we do not independently verify. We also may rely on 
26 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
representations of clients and counterparties as to the accuracy and completeness of that information and, 
with respect to financial statements, on reports of independent auditors. For example, in deciding whether 
to extend credit to clients, we may assume that a client’s audited financial statements conform with GAAP 
and present fairly, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of 
that client. Our financial condition and results of operations could be negatively impacted to the extent we 
rely on financial statements that do not comply with GAAP or are materially misleading. 

We rely on other companies to provide key components of our business infrastructure. 

Third parties provide key components of our business operations such as data processing, recording and 
monitoring transactions, online banking interfaces and services, internet connections and network access. 
While we have selected these third party vendors carefully, we do not control their actions. Any problem 
caused by these third parties, including poor performance of services, failure to provide services, disruptions 
in  communication  services  proved  by  a  vendor  and  failure  to  handle  current  or  higher  volumes,  could 
adversely affect our ability to deliver products and services to our customers and otherwise conduct our 
business, and may harm our reputation. Financial or operational difficulties of a third party vendor could 
also hurt our operations if those difficulties interface with the vendor’s ability to serve us. Replacing these 
third party vendors could also create significant delay and expense. Accordingly, use of such third parties 
creates an unavoidable inherent risk to our business operations. 

Our information systems may experience an interruption or breach in security. 

In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  we  collect  and  store  sensitive  data,  including  proprietary  business 
information and personally identifiable information of our customers and employees, in systems and on 
networks. The secure processing, maintenance and use of this information is critical to operations and our 
business strategy. While we have policies and procedures designed to protect our networks, computers and 
data from failure, interruption, damage or unauthorized access, there can be no assurance that a breach will 
not occur or, if it does, that it will be adequately addressed. The occurrence of any failure, interruption, 
damage or security breach of our communications and information systems could damage our reputation, 
result  in  a  loss  of  customer  business,  subject  us  to  additional  regulatory  scrutiny  or  expose  us  to  civil 
litigation and possible financial liability, any of which could adversely affect our business. 

Risk Related to the Company’s Regulatory Environment 

Changes in accounting standards could impact reported earnings. 

From time to time there are changes in the financial accounting and reporting standards that govern the 
preparation of our financial statements. These changes can materially impact how we record and report our 
financial condition and results of operations. In some instances, we could be required to apply a new or 
revised  standard  retroactively,  resulting  in  the  restatement  of  prior  period  financial  statements.  For 
information regarding recent accounting pronouncements and their effect on us, see “Recent Accounting 
Pronouncements” in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

We  operate  in  a  highly  regulated  industry  and  the  laws  and  regulations  that  govern  our  operations, 
corporate  governance,  executive  compensation  and  financial  accounting,  or  reporting,  including 
changes in them or our failure to comply with them, may adversely affect us. 

We are subject to extensive regulation and supervision that govern almost all aspects of our operations. 
These  laws  and  regulations,  among  other  matters,  prescribe  minimum  capital  requirements,  impose 
limitations on our business activities, limit the dividends or distributions that we can pay, restrict the ability 
of institutions to guarantee our debt and impose certain specific accounting requirements that may be more 
restrictive and may result in greater or earlier charges to earnings or reductions in our capital than GAAP. 
Compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes to laws and regulations often 
impose additional compliance costs. 

27 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We are currently facing increased regulation and supervision of our industry as a result of the financial 
crisis in the banking and financial markets. The Dodd-Frank Act instituted major changes to the banking 
and financial institutions regulatory regimes. Other changes to statutes, regulations or regulatory policies 
or  supervisory  guidance,  including  changes  in  interpretation  or  implementation  of  statutes,  regulations, 
policies or supervisory guidance, could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways.  Such additional 
regulation and supervision has increased, and may continue to increase, our costs and limit our ability to 
pursue business opportunities. Further, our failure to comply with these laws and regulations, even if the 
failure  was  inadvertent  or  reflects  a  difference  in  interpretation,  could  subject  us  to  restrictions  on  our 
business activities, fines and other penalties, any of which could adversely affect our results of operations, 
capital  base  and  the  price  of  our  securities.  Further,  any  new  laws,  rules  and  regulations  could  make 
compliance more difficult or expensive or otherwise adversely affect our business and financial condition. 

Regulatory enacted capital standards, including the Basel III Capital Rules, may require the Company 
and the Bank to maintain higher levels of capital and liquid assets, which could adversely affect our 
profitability  and  return  on  equity  or  require  us  to  raise  additional  capital  and  dilute  existing 
shareholders. 

We  are  subject  to  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and  other  regulatory  requirements  specifying  minimum 
amounts and types of capital that the Company and the Bank must maintain. From time to time, regulators 
implement  changes  to  these  regulatory  capital  adequacy  guidelines.  If  we  fail  to  meet  these  minimum 
capital guidelines and/or other regulatory requirements, our financial condition would be materially and 
adversely affected.  The Basel III Capital Rules require bank holding companies and their subsidiaries to 
maintain  significantly  more  capital  as  a  result  of  higher  required  capital  levels  and  more  demanding 
regulatory  capital  risk  weightings  and  calculations.    While  the  Company  is  exempt  from  these  capital 
requirements under the SBHC Policy Statement, the Bank is not exempt and must comply.  The Bank must 
also comply with the capital requirements set forth in the “prompt corrective action” regulations pursuant 
to Section 38 of the FDI Act.  Satisfying capital requirements may require us to limit our banking operations, 
retain net income or reduce dividends to improve regulatory capital levels, which could negatively affect 
our  business,  financial  condition and results  of  operations.   As  described in  Item  1  –  “Business”  under 
“Supervision and Regulation – Capital Adequacy,” banks and bank holding companies that opt into the 
CBLR framework and maintain a CBLR of greater than 9% are not subject to other risk-based and leverage 
capital requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules and would be deemed to have met the well capitalized 
ratio requirements under the “prompt corrective action” framework. These CBLR rules were modified in 
response  to  the  COVID-19  pandemic.    See  “Coronavirus  Aid,  Relief,  and  Economic  Security  Act  and 
Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021” above. The Bank elected not to opt into the CBLR framework as 
of December 31, 2020. The Bank does not expect to opt into the CBLR framework in 2021. 

Risk Related to the Company’s Common Stock 

Our common stock is thinly traded which may limit the ability of shareholders to sell their shares and 
may increase price volatility. 

Our common stock is listed on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “VBFC.” Our common stock 
is thinly traded and has substantially less liquidity than the average trading market for many other publicly 
traded companies.  Mr. Lehman’s significant share ownership also limits the number of shares available to 
other investors and the liquidity of our common stock. We cannot assure you that a more active trading 
market for our common stock will develop or be sustained. The development of a liquid public market 
depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control. The 
number of active buyers and sellers of our common stock at any particular time may be limited. Therefore, 
our  shareholders  may  not  be  able  to  sell  their  shares  at  the  volume,  prices,  or  times  that  they  desire. 
Shareholders should be financially prepared and able to hold shares for an indefinite period. 

In addition, thinly traded stocks can be more volatile than more widely traded stocks. Our stock price has 
been volatile in the past and several factors could cause the price to fluctuate substantially in the future. 
28 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
These  factors  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  changes  in  analysts’  recommendations  or  projections, 
developments  related  to  our  business,  operations,  stock  performance  of  other  companies  deemed  to  be 
peers,  news  reports  of trends,  concerns,  irrational  exuberance  on  the  part  of investors,  and  other  issues 
related to the financial services industry. Our stock price may fluctuate significantly in the future, and these 
fluctuations may be unrelated to our performance. General market declines or market volatility in the future, 
especially in the financial institutions sector of the economy, could adversely affect the price of our common 
stock, and the current market price may not be indicative of future market prices. 

Our ability to pay dividends is limited, and we may be unable to pay future dividends. 

Our ability to pay dividends is limited by regulatory restrictions and our need to maintain sufficient capital. 
The ability of the Bank to pay dividends to the Company also will be limited by the Bank’s obligations to 
maintain sufficient capital, earnings and liquidity and by other general restrictions on its dividends under 
federal and state bank regulatory requirements.  Under Virginia law, a bank may not declare a dividend in 
excess of its accumulated retained earnings without approval by the BFI.  As of December 31, 2020, the 
Bank did not have any accumulated retained earnings.  Any future financing arrangements that we enter 
into may also limit our ability to pay dividends to our shareholders. If we do not satisfy these regulatory 
requirements or arrangements, we will be unable to pay dividends on our common stock. Further, even if 
we have earnings and available cash in an amount sufficient to pay dividends to our shareholders, the board 
of directors, in its sole discretion, may decide to retain them and therefore not pay dividends in the future. 

If  we  fail  to  pay  interest  on  or  otherwise  default  on  our  subordinated  notes  and  subordinated  debt 
securities, we will be prohibited from paying dividends or distributions on our common stock. 

As of December 31, 2020, we had $5,628,000 of net subordinated notes and $8,764,000 of subordinated 
debt  securities  outstanding.  The  agreements  under  which  the  subordinated  notes  and  subordinated  debt 
securities were issued prohibit us from paying any dividends on our common stock or making any other 
distributions to our shareholders upon our failure to make any required payment of principal or interest or 
during the continuance of an event of default under the applicable agreement. Events of default generally 
consist of, among other things, certain events of bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation relating to us. If we 
were to fail to make a required payment of principal or interest on our subordinated notes or subordinated 
debt securities, it could have a material adverse effect on the market value of our common stock. 

Our  governing  documents  and  Virginia  law  contain  anti-takeover  provisions  that  could  negatively 
impact our shareholders. 

Our articles of incorporation and bylaws and the Virginia Stock Corporation Act contain certain provisions 
designed to enhance the ability of our board of directors to deal with attempts to acquire control of the 
Company.  These provisions, among others, provide that a plan of merger, share exchange, sale of all or 
substantially all of our assets, or similar transaction must be approved and recommended by the affirmative 
vote of two-thirds of the directors in office or by the affirmative vote of 80% or more of all of the votes 
entitled  to  be  cast  on  such  transaction  by  each  voting  group  entitled  to  vote,  and  limit  the  ability  of 
shareholders to call a special meeting. These provisions and the ability to set the voting rights, preferences 
and other terms of any series of preferred stock that may be issued, may be deemed to have an anti-takeover 
effect and may discourage takeovers (which certain shareholders may deem to be in their best interest). To 
the extent that such takeover attempts are discouraged, temporary fluctuations in the market price of our 
common stock resulting from actual or rumored takeover attempts may be inhibited. These provisions also 
could  discourage  or  make  more  difficult  a  merger,  tender  offer  or  proxy  contest,  even  though  such 
transactions may be favorable to the interests of shareholders, and could potentially adversely affect the 
market price of our common stock. 

29 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our largest shareholder, Kenneth R. Lehman, has significant influence over our business through his 
share ownership and his interests may not align with the interests of other holders of our common stock. 

According to the Form 4 filed by Mr. Lehman with the SEC on December 14, 2020, Mr. Lehman owns 
768,379  shares,  or  approximately  52.39%,  of  the  Company’s  outstanding  common  stock.    Due  to  this 
ownership, he is able to influence the outcome of any matter submitted to a vote of our shareholders.  In 
addition,  Mr.  Lehman  previously  served  on  the  boards  of  directors  of  the  Company  and  the  Bank  and 
management regularly seeks guidance and perspective from him given his extensive industry experience. 
Mr. Lehman owns significant shares of other financial institutions, some of which may compete with us.  
These affiliations may create conflicts of interest that could incentivize him to take or approve actions with 
respect to other institutions that may have a negative impact on us (e.g. marketing efforts, product pricing, 
lending  policies,  business  combination  transactions,  etc.).   While  we  believe  Mr.  Lehman’s  significant 
investment  in  the  Company  provides  some  protection  in  this  regard,  Mr.  Lehman’s  interests  may  not 
directly align with the interests of other holders of our common stock. 

If Mr. Lehman acquires more than 66.67% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, it 
will cause the acceleration of benefits under certain of our employment and benefit agreements, which 
will cause us to incur additional compensation expenses. 

Certain of our employment and benefit agreements include customary provisions that provide for additional 
or accelerated compensation in the event of a change of control of the Company.  If Mr. Lehman acquires 
more than 66.67% of the Company’s outstanding shares of common stock, it will cause the acceleration of 
benefits under some of these agreements.  As described above, Mr. Lehman owned approximately 52.39% 
of our outstanding common stock as of December 14, 2020. 

Our stock incentive plan provides for “single-trigger” acceleration of change of control benefits, which 
means  certain  employees will  receive  benefits  upon a  change  of  control  of the Company,  regardless of 
whether the change of control affects their employment with the Company or any successor.  These change 
of control benefits include accelerated vesting of restricted stock awards.  If Mr. Lehman’s ownership of 
the Company’s common stock had exceeded 66.67% as of December 31, 2020, we would have recognized 
approximately $837,000 in related compensation expenses in 2020. 

Our change of control agreements provide for “double-trigger” acceleration of change of control benefits, 
which  means  the  benefits  are  only  payable  if  the  employee  experiences  a  qualifying  termination  of 
employment in connection with a change of control.  Mr. Lehman’s acquisition of more than 66.67% of the 
Company’s outstanding common stock would not automatically result in the payment or acceleration of 
change of control benefits under these agreements.  However, under certain circumstances, if the Company 
were to terminate these employees or the employees were to voluntarily resign following Mr. Lehman’s 
acquisition of more than 66.67% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, the Company would incur 
significant additional expenses. 

30 

 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS 

Not applicable 

ITEM 2.  PROPERTIES 

Our  executive  and  administrative  offices  are  owned  by  the  Bank  and  are  located  at  13319  Midlothian 
Turnpike,  Midlothian,  Virginia  23113  in  Chesterfield  County.    The  current  location  also  houses  the 
principal office of the Mortgage Company. 

In addition to its executive offices, the Bank owns six full service branch buildings including the land on 
those buildings and leases an additional three full service branch buildings.  Three of our branch offices are 
located in Chesterfield County, with two branch offices in Hanover County, two in Henrico County, one in 
Powhatan County and one in James City County. 

Our properties are maintained in good operating condition and we believe they are suitable and adequate 
for our operational needs. 

ITEM 3.  LEGAL PROCEEDINGS 

In the ordinary course of its operations, the Company is a party to various legal proceedings. As of the date 
of  this  report,  there  are  no  pending  or  threatened  proceedings  against  the  Company  that,  if  determined 
adversely, would have a material effect on the business, results of operations, or financial position of the 
Company. 

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES 

Not applicable 

31 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II 

ITEM  5.    MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  SHAREHOLDER 
MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Market and Dividend Information 

Shares of the Company’s common stock trade on the Nasdaq Capital Market under the symbol “VBFC”.   

The Company has not paid any dividends on its common stock.  We intend to retain all of our earnings to 
finance the Company’s operations and we do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the near term.  Any 
decision made by the board of directors to declare dividends in the future will depend on the Company’s 
future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and other factors deemed relevant by the board.   
A  discussion  of  certain  restrictions  and  limitations  on  the  ability  of  the  Bank  to  pay  dividends  to  the 
Company, and the ability of the Company to pay dividends to shareholders of its common stock, is set forth 
in Item 1 – “Business” under “Supervision and Regulation.” 

During 2019, the Company received approval from state and federal regulators allowing the Bank to pay a 
special dividend, totaling $1,000,000, to the Company for the purpose of servicing the Company’s trust 
preferred securities and subordinated debt. 

During 2020, the Company received approval from state and federal regulators allowing the Bank to pay 
two special dividends, totaling $1,250,000, to the Company for the purpose of servicing the Company’s 
trust preferred securities and subordinated debt.  

Holders 

At March 1, 2021, there were 1,466,800 shares of common stock outstanding held by approximately 940 
shareholders of record.  

For information concerning the Company’s Equity Compensation Plans, see Item 12 – “Security Ownership 
of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters.” 

Purchases of Equity Securities 

The Company did not repurchase any of its common stock during 2020 or 2019. 

ITEM 6.  SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

Not applicable 

32 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 

The  following  discussion  is  intended  to  assist  readers  in  understanding  and  evaluating  the  financial 
condition, changes in financial condition and the results of operations of the Company, consisting of the 
parent company and its wholly-owned subsidiary, the Bank. This discussion should be read in conjunction 
with  the  consolidated  financial  statements  and  other  financial  information  contained  elsewhere  in  this 
report.  

Caution About Forward-Looking Statements  

In addition to historical information, this report may contain forward-looking statements.  For this purpose, 
any statement, that is not a statement of historical fact may be deemed to be a forward-looking statement.  
These forward-looking statements may include statements regarding profitability, liquidity, allowance for 
loan losses, interest rate sensitivity, market risk, growth strategy and financial and other goals.  Forward-
looking  statements  often  use  words  such  as  “believes,”  “expects,”  “plans,”  “may,”  “will,”  “should,” 
“projects,” “contemplates,” “anticipates,” “forecasts,” “intends” or other words of similar meaning.  You 
can also identify them by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts.  Forward-
looking statements are subject to numerous assumptions, risks and uncertainties, and actual results could 
differ materially from historical results or those anticipated by such statements.  

There are many factors that could have a material adverse effect on the operations and future prospects of 
the Company including, but not limited to: 

• 

• 

• 
• 

changes  in  assumptions  underlying  the  establishment  of  allowances  for  loan  losses,  and  other 
estimates; 
the risks of changes in interest rates on levels, composition and costs of deposits, loan demand, and 
the values and liquidity of loan collateral, securities, and interest sensitive assets and liabilities; 
the effects of future economic, business and market conditions; 
legislative and regulatory changes, including the Dodd-Frank Act and other changes in banking, 
securities,  and  tax  laws  and  regulations  and  their  application  by  our  regulators,  and  changes  in 
scope and cost of FDIC insurance and other coverages; 
•  our inability to maintain our regulatory capital position; 
• 

the Company’s computer systems and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or 
breached  due  to  employee  error,  malfeasance,  or  other  disruptions  despite  security  measures 
implemented by the Company; 
changes in market conditions, specifically declines in the residential and commercial real estate 
market,  volatility  and  disruption  of  the  capital  and  credit  markets,  soundness  of  other  financial 
institutions with which we do business; 
risks inherent in making loans such as repayment risks and fluctuating collateral values; 
changes in operations of the Mortgage Company as a result of the activity in the residential real 
estate market; 
exposure  to  repurchase  loans  sold  to  investors  for  which  borrowers  failed  to  provide  full  and 
accurate information on or related to their loan application or for which appraisals have not been 
acceptable or when the loan was not underwritten in accordance with the loan program specified 
by the loan investor; 

• 

• 
• 

• 

•  governmental monetary and fiscal policies; 
• 
• 
• 

changes in accounting policies, rules and practices; 
reliance on our management team, including our ability to attract and retain key personnel; 
competition  with  other  banks  and  financial  institutions,  and  companies  outside  of  the  banking 
industry,  including  those  companies  that  have  substantially  greater  access  to  capital  and  other 
resources; 

•  demand, development and acceptance of new products and services; 
•  problems with technology utilized by us; 

33 

 
 
 
 
 
 
•  natural disasters, war, terrorist activities, pandemics, and their effects on economic and business 

• 

environments in which the Company operates; 
adverse effects due to COVID-19 on the Company and its customers, counterparties, employees, 
and third-party service providers, and the adverse impacts to our business, financial position, results 
of operations, and prospects; 
changing trends in customer profiles and behavior; and 

• 
•  other factors described from time to time in our reports filed with the SEC. 

For  additional  information  on  factors  that  could  materially  influence  the  forward-looking  statements 
included in this report, see the risk factors in Item 1A – “Risk Factors” in this report.  These risks and 
uncertainties  should  be  considered  in  evaluating  the  forward-looking  statements  contained  herein,  and 
readers  are  cautioned  not  to  place  undue  reliance  on  such  statements.    Any  forward-looking  statement 
speaks only as of the date on which it is made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any 
forward-looking statement to reflect events or circumstances after the date on which it is made.  In addition, 
past results of operations are not necessarily indicative of future results. 

General 

The  Company’s  primary  source  of  earnings  is  net  interest  income  and  income  from  mortgage  banking 
activities, and its principal market risk exposure is interest rate risk.  The Company is not able to predict 
market interest rate fluctuations and its asset/liability management strategy may not prevent interest rate 
changes  from  having  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  results  of  operations  and  financial 
condition. 

Although  we  endeavor  to  minimize  the  credit  risk  inherent  in  the  Company’s  loan  portfolio,  we  must 
necessarily make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of the loan portfolio based on 
our  experience  and  evaluation  of  economic  conditions.    If  such  assumptions  or  judgments  prove  to  be 
incorrect, the current allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover loan losses and additions to 
the allowance may be necessary, which would have a negative impact on net income. 

Response to COVID-19 

As the circumstances with the COVID-19 pandemic began to unfold, the Company rapidly mobilized over 
80% of non-branch team members to work-from-home, went to drive-thru only at our branches with lobby 
access by appointment, and actively worked with borrowers to defer loan payments to allow operations to 
return to some level  of  normalcy.  With  the  continued  uncertainty around the  COVID-19  pandemic,  we 
continue to take the necessary measures to protect the health and wellbeing of our employees and customers 
as  well  as  working  with  our  borrowers  who  continue  to  be  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  We 
continue to believe that we are well positioned to weather the economic storm created by the COVID-19 
pandemic and have built the balance sheet around a philosophy of prudent risk taking.  

Small Business Administration Paycheck Protection Program  

The Company was successful in getting SBA PPP funds out to our community under the CARE Act, which 
was designed to protect jobs and provide economic relief to small businesses that were negatively impacted 
by  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Through  December  31,  2020,  the  Bank  had  funded  approximately  $185 
million in PPP loans, which provided essential funds to over 1,500 businesses and nonprofits and protected 
more  than  20,000  jobs  in  our  community.  As  of  December  31,  2020,  the  Bank  had  submitted  413 
applications  to  the  SBA  for  forgiveness  totaling  $63,251,000  and  received  proceeds  of  approximately 
$47,987,000 on 345 of those applications. The Bank is participating in the second round of PPP funding 
approved by Congress and signed into law by the President of the United States of America on December 
27, 2020. The Bank expects the approval for forgiveness on PPP loans to pick up in the first half of 2021. 
This will result in the recognition of unamortized deferred fee income, net of deferred cost, associated with 
the PPP loans to occur at a higher rate in the first half of 2021 when compared to the second half of 2020. 

34 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Supporting customers through payment deferrals 

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, we began deferring payments for up to six months for impacted 
customers under the CARES Act, as amended by the CAA, which permits financial institutions to suspend 
requirements under GAAP for loan modifications to borrowers affected by COVID-19 that would otherwise 
be characterized as TDRs and suspend any determination related thereto if (i) the loan modification is made 
between  March  1,  2020  and  the  earlier  of  January  1,  2022  or  60  days  after  the  end  of  the  COVID-19 
emergency declaration and (ii) the applicable loan was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 
2019.  In  addition,  federal  bank  regulatory  authorities  have  issued  guidance  to  encourage  financial 
institutions to make loan modifications for borrowers affected by COVID-19 and have assured financial 
institutions that they will neither receive supervisory criticism for such prudent loan modifications, nor be 
required by examiners to automatically categorize COVID-19-related loan modifications as TDRs. As of 
December 31, 2020, the Company had approximately $38.0 million in loans still under their modified terms. 
The  Company’s  modification  program  primarily  included  payment  deferrals  and  interest  only 
modifications. Below is a breakdown of the loan portfolio showing the percentage of loans deferred in each 
category at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands): 

Loan Type 

December 31, 2020 

Total commercial loans 

Consumer/Residential 
Student 
Other 

C&I + Owner occupied commercial real estate 
Nonowner occupied commercial real estate 
Acquisition, development and construction 

Balance 
2020(1) 
 $    144,198  
      131,440  
        29,569  
      305,207  
        86,580  
        29,657  
          2,885  
 $    424,329  

September 30, 2020 
Deferred Loans(2) 
% Def 
$ Def 
19.22% 
 $  27,715  
33.97% 
     44,652  
18.72% 
       5,534  
25.52% 
     77,901  
7.43% 
       6,434  
0.00% 
             -  
0.00% 
             -  
19.87% 
 $  84,335  
(1) The  table  excludes  PPP  loans  of  $136,674  as  the  inclusion  of  these  loans  dilutes  the  impact  of  the  deferral 
program.  
(2) The  SBA  provided  a  financial  reprieve  to  small  business  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic.    The  SBA 
automatically paid the principal, interest, and fees on current SBA 7(a) loans for a period of six months. These 
loans have been excluded from the September 30, 2020 metrics; however, as of December 31, 2020, six loans with 
a total outstanding balance of $3,407,000 went into a deferred payment status and were included in the deferred 
loan amount above. 

Deferred Loans(2) 
% Def 
$ Def 
 $    8,988  
     26,835  
             -  
     35,823  
       2,205  
             -  
             -  
 $  38,028  

6.23% 
20.42% 
0.00% 
11.74% 
2.55% 
0.00% 
0.00% 
8.96% 

Total loans 

Below is a breakdown of the loan portfolio showing the percentage of loans in deferral within select industry 
categories at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands): 

Select Industries  

Hotels 
Food Service 
Retail(2) 
Medical and Child Care 
Real Estate and Leasing 
Arts and Entertainment 

Total  

December 31, 2020 

Balance 
2020 

 $    29,718  
       20,300  
       20,273  
       12,149  
     147,103  
         7,602  
 $   237,145  

Deferred Loans(1) 
$ Def 
 $  24,979  
         606  
       3,782  
             -  
       2,833  
       2,024  
 $  34,224  

Amount 
84.05% 
2.99% 
18.66% 
0.00% 
1.93% 
26.62% 
14.43% 

September 30, 2020 
Deferred Loans(1) 
$ Def 
     20,568  
       7,413  
       3,804  
       2,724  
     29,329  
       5,968  
 $  69,806  

Amount 
69.21% 
36.52% 
18.76% 
22.42% 
19.94% 
78.51% 
29.44% 

(1)  The  SBA  provided  a  financial  reprieve  to  small  business  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic.    The  SBA 
automatically paid the principal, interest, and fees on current SBA 7(a) loans for a period of six months. These 
loans have been excluded from the September 30, 2020 metrics; however, as of December 31, 2020, six loans with 
a total outstanding balance of $3,407,000 went into a deferred payment status and were included in the deferred 
loan amount and number above. 
(2) Loans within this group include business such as grocery, convenience stores, drug stores, consumer durables, 
apparel, and personal services.  

35 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
  
  
Liquidity Risk Management  

Over the past eight years, the Company has worked to fund the balance sheet with core deposits and reserve 
wholesale funding capacity for short periods of rapid loan growth or for crises such as the current economic 
environment.   

During the three month period ended March 31, 2020, the Company took aggressive measures to bolster its 
liquidity  to  ensure  it  could  meet  customer  demands  in  the  event  customers  made  significant  deposit 
withdrawals and fully drew on lines of credit. The Company increased liquid assets by $20,155,000, or 
30.12% from $66,904,000 at December 31, 2019 to $87,059,000 at March 31, 2020 which was partially 
accomplished by raising an additional $3,733,000 in internet listing service time deposits, $15,000,000 in 
FHLB advances and $6,136,000 in brokered time deposits, which were at zero at December 31, 2019.  

From March 31, 2020 through December 31, 2020, the Company did not experience excessive demand for 
deposit withdrawals or advances under lines of credit; however, the Company did experience significant 
growth in low cost relationship deposits (i.e. noninterest bearing, NOW, money market and savings).  This 
growth in low cost relationship deposits was the result of the Company converting a significant portion of 
non-customer PPP loan applicants into customers and the migration of customer funds from time deposits 
into money market deposits during the periods. During this period, the Company acquired $45,120,000 in 
funds through the Federal Reserve’s Paycheck Protection Program Liquidity Facility (“PPPLF”) to support 
the origination of PPP loans. As of December 31, 2020, the PPPLF totaled $41,529,000. As a result of the 
growth  in  low  cost  relationship  deposits,  the  Company  prepaid  its  remaining  $31,000,000  in  FHLB 
advances during the three month period ended December 31, 2020.       

As  of  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  had  on  balance  sheet  liquid  assets  of  $84,295,000,  which  the 
Company believes are sufficient to cover its current liquidity needs. However, if the need were to arise the 
Company could access liquidity of approximately $95,145,000 in the PPPLF through March 31, 2021, it 
could pledge additional collateral to the FHLB in order to increase its available borrowing capacity up to 
25%  of  assets,  it  could  access  the  two  federal  funds  lines  of  credit  with  correspondent  banks  totaling 
$15,000,000, and it could add additional funding through raising internet listing service and brokered time 
deposits.  There were no borrowings with the FHLB or against the lines of credit at December 31, 2020.  

Capital Risk Management 

The  Bank  remains  in  a  strong,  well-capitalized  position  with  a  common  equity  Tier  1  capital  ratio  of 
13.35%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 13.35%, a total risk-based capital ratio of 14.20% and a leverage 
ratio of 9.28% as of December 31, 2020. The most significant risk to capital as a result of the COVID-19 
pandemic is the risk of default within our loan portfolio and the potential loan losses as a result of those 
defaults. The Company has taken several steps to mitigate this risk to our capital by building a diversified 
loan portfolio over the years to be capable of sustaining through a crisis, working with our customers during 
this  time  to  defer  loan  payments  for  up  to  six  months  to  allow  time  for  economic  stabilization  and 
participating in the SBA PPP loan program to help provide much needed funds to our borrowers and the 
community.  While  there  will  be  pressure  on  capital  levels  as  a  result  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  the 
Company believes the actions we are taking will protect our capital levels and allow the Company to support 
all stakeholders through this difficult time.   

While the long-term economic impacts from the COVID-19 pandemic are unknown at this time, we believe 
that our culture of disciplined and conservative risk taking across the balance sheet has the Company well 
positioned to not only carry through the current crisis but to be a pillar of support for our employees, our 
customers, and our communities. 

36 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Results of Operations 

The following presents management’s discussion and analysis of the financial condition of the Company at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, and results of operations for the Company for the years ended December 31, 
2020 and 2019.  This discussion should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited Consolidated 
Financial Statements and the notes thereto appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report. 

Summary 

The Company recorded net income of $8,554,000, or $5.86 per fully diluted share, in 2020, compared to 
net income of $4,477,000, or $3.10 per fully diluted share, in 2019.  

Net interest income 

Net interest income, which represents the difference between interest earned on interest-earning assets and 
interest incurred on interest-bearing liabilities, is the Company’s primary source of earnings.  Net interest 
income can be affected by changes in market interest rates as well as the level and composition of assets, 
liabilities and shareholders’ equity.  Net interest spread is the difference between the average rate earned 
on interest-earning assets and the average rate paid on interest-bearing liabilities.  The net yield on interest-
earning assets (“net interest margin”) is calculated by dividing tax equivalent net interest income by average 
interest-earning  assets.    Generally,  the  net  interest margin  will exceed the  net interest  spread  because a 
portion of interest-earning assets are funded by various noninterest-bearing sources, principally noninterest-
bearing deposits and shareholders’ equity. 

2020 

Year Ended December 31, 
2019 
(dollars in thousands) 

Change 

Average interest-earning assets 
Interest income 
Yield on interest-earning assets 
Average interest-bearing liabilities 
Interest expense 
Cost of interest-bearing liabilities 
Net interest income 
Net interest margin 

4.12% 

 $      626,868    $      494,003  
 $        25,826    $        23,487  
4.75% 
 $      420,516    $      360,560  
 $          4,433    $          5,330  
1.48% 
 $       18,157  
3.68% 

1.05% 
 $       21,393  
3.41% 

 $      132,865  
 $          2,339  
(0.63)% 
 $        59,956  
 $          (897) 
(0.42)% 
 $         3,236  
(0.26)% 

Interest income on earning assets increased by $2,339,000 compared to the same period in 2019 as a result 
of the following: 

•  During  2020,  the  Company  originated  $185,137,000  in  PPP  loans  which  resulted  in  SBA  fees  of 
$6,584,000. The SBA fee is being amortized, based on the term of the loan through net income, net of 
$1,052,000 in deferred costs associated with the origination of the PPP loans. The recognition of the 
fees, net of deferred costs, will be accelerated as loans are forgiven by the SBA. As of December 31, 
2020, the Bank had recognized through interest income $2,762,000 in SBA fee income, net of deferred 
costs as a result of normal amortization and the receipt of $47,987,000 in funds from loans forgiven by 
the SBA.  

•  The yield on average earning assets contracted by 63 basis points to 4.12% for the year-ended December 
31, 2020 vs. 4.75% for the year-ended December 31, 2019, primarily because of the 150 basis points 
Federal Reserve rate cut in March 2020 and the significant level of PPP loans originated by the Bank 
during 2020.  

37 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities decreased by $897,000 compared to the same period in 2019 
as a result of the following: 

•  The cost of interest bearing liabilities dropped by 42 basis points to 1.05% for the year-ended December 
31,  2020  compared  to 1.48%  for  the  year-ended  December  31,  2019,  as  a  result  of  the  Company’s 
continued efforts to build low cost relationship deposits and its disciplined approach to deposit pricing. 
Low cost relationship deposits grew by $86,372,000, or 49.42%, from December 31, 2019, while higher 
cost time deposits decreased by $32,275,000, or 23.52%, from December 31, 2019.   

The following table illustrates average balances of total interest-earning assets and total interest-bearing 
liabilities  for  the  periods  indicated,  showing  the  average  distribution  of  assets,  liabilities,  shareholders' 
equity  and  related  income,  expense  and  corresponding  weighted-average  yields  and  rates  (dollars  in 
thousands).  The average balances used in these tables and other statistical data were calculated using daily 
average balances.  We have no tax exempt assets for the periods presented. 

Average Balance Sheets, Income and Expense, Yields and Rates 

Year Ended December 31, 2020 

Year Ended December 31, 2019 

Loans 

Commercial 
Real estate – residential 
Real estate – commercial 
Real estate – construction 
Student loans 
Consumer 

Gross loans 
Investment securities 
Loans held for sale 
Federal funds and other 

Total interest earning assets 

Allowance for loan losses 
Cash and due from banks 
Premises and equipment, net 
Other assets 
Total assets 

Interest bearing deposits 
Interest checking 
Money market 
Savings 
Certificates 

Total deposits 

Borrowings 

Long-term debt - trust 
preferred securities 

FHLB advances 
Subordinated debt, net 
Other borrowings 
Total interest bearing liabilities 

Noninterest bearing deposits 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Equity capital 
Total liabilities and capital 

Net interest income before 
provision for loan losses 
Interest spread - average yield 
on interest earning assets, 
less average rate on 
interest bearing liabilities 

Net interest margin 

(net interest income 
expressed as a percentage 
of average earning assets) 

Yield 
Rate 

Average 
Balance 

Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

 $   1,935  
      4,896  
    11,090  
      1,624  
      1,792  
         169  
    21,506  
      1,117  
         539  
         325  
    23,487  

Yield 
Rate 

4.75% 
5.47% 
5.12% 
4.65% 
4.94% 
7.47% 
5.12% 
2.49% 
4.06% 
2.09% 
4.75% 

 $   40,772  
      89,542  
    216,482  
      34,932  
      36,312  
        2,261  
    420,301  
      44,853  
      13,279  
      15,570  
    494,003  
      (3,064) 
        9,960  
      13,464  
      18,843  
 $ 533,206  

Interest 
Income/ 
Expense 

 $   5,826  
      4,304  
    11,094  
      1,450  
      1,339  
         190  
    24,203  
         983  
         581  
           59  
    25,826  

Average 
Balance 

 $ 162,160  
      87,554  
    227,979  
      32,789  
      31,646  
        2,834  
    544,962  
      41,140  
      18,415  
      22,351  
    626,868  
       (3,618) 
        9,607  
      12,735  
      20,683  
 $ 666,275  

      56,817  
    133,386  
      28,554  
    130,643  
    349,400  

           96  
         830  
           48  
      2,124  
      3,098  

         228  
      603  
         403  
         101  
      4,433  

        8,773  
      27,785  
        5,610  
      28,948  
    420,516  
    192,660  
        5,527  
    618,703  
      47,572  
 $ 666,275  

3.59% 
4.92% 
4.87% 
4.42% 
4.23% 
6.70% 
4.44% 
2.39% 
3.16% 
0.26% 
4.12% 

0.17% 
0.62% 
0.17% 
1.63% 
0.89% 

2.60% 
2.17% 
7.18% 
0.35% 
1.05% 

      48,123  
    101,037  
      23,381  
    150,513  
    323,054  

           85  
         838  
           40  
      2,889  
      3,852  

         372  
         692  
         403  
           11  
      5,330  

        8,779  
      22,693  
        5,578  
           456  
    360,560  
    127,667  
        4,868  
    493,095  
      40,111  
 $ 533,206  

0.18% 
0.83% 
0.17% 
1.92% 
1.19% 

4.24% 
3.05% 
7.22% 
2.41% 
1.48% 

3.27% 

3.68% 

 $ 21,393  

 $ 18,157  

3.06% 

3.41% 

38 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest income and interest expense are affected by changes in both average interest rates and average 
volumes of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.  The following table analyzes changes in 
net interest income attributable to changes in the volume of interest-sensitive assets and liabilities compared 
to changes in interest rates.  Nonaccrual loans are included in average loans outstanding. The changes in 
interest due to both rate and volume have been allocated to changes due to volume and changes due to rate 
in proportion to the relationship of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each (dollars in thousands). 

2020 vs. 2019 
Increase (Decrease) 
Due to Changes in 
Rate 

Total 

Volume 

Interest income 

Loans 
Investment securities 
Loans held for sale 
Fed funds sold and other 
Total interest income 

 $        3,925  
             (90) 
               99  
             264  
           4,198  

 $      (1,228) 
             (44) 
             (57) 
            (530) 
         (1,859) 

 $        2,697  
            (134) 
               42  
            (266) 
           2,339  

Interest expense 

Deposits 

Interest checking 
Money market accounts 
Savings accounts 
Certificates of deposit 

Total deposits 

               14  
             (36) 
                 9  
            (354) 
            (367) 

               (3) 
               28  
               (1) 
            (411) 
            (386) 

               11  
               (8) 
                 8  
            (765) 
            (754) 

Borrowings 

Long-term debt 
FHLB Advances 
Subordinated debt, net 
Other borrowings 
Total interest expense 

                 -  
            (144) 
             312                (401)  
                 -  
                 -  
               90  
                 -  
            (932) 
             36 

            (144) 
             (89)  
                 -  
               90  
            (897) 

Net interest income 

 $        4,162  

 $      (927) 

 $        3,236  

Provision for loan losses 

The amount of the loan loss provision is determined by an evaluation of the level of loans outstanding, the 
level  of  nonperforming  loans,  historical  loan  loss  experience,  delinquency  trends,  underlying  collateral 
values, the amount of actual losses charged to the reserve in a given period and assessment of present and 
anticipated economic conditions. 

The level of the allowance reflects changes in the size of the portfolio or in any of its components as well 
as  management’s  continuing  evaluation  of  industry  concentrations,  specific  credit  risks,  loan  loss 
experience,  current  loan  portfolio  quality,  and  present  economic,  political  and  regulatory  conditions.  
Portions of the allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available 
for any credit that, in management’s judgment, should be charged off.  While management utilizes its best 
judgment and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of 
factors beyond the Company’s control, including the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the 
economy, changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications. 

The Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $950,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, as 
a  result  of  growth  in  the  loan  portfolio  and  an  increase  in  the  qualitative factors  due  to  the  anticipated 
economic impact of COVID-19. The increase in the qualitative factors due to COVID-19 were a result of 
deterioration in local economic factors such as the higher levels of unemployment and the increased credit 
risk  due  to  loan  payment  deferrals  under  the  CARES  Act.  The  Company  believes  the  current  level  of 

39 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
allowance for loan loss reserves are adequate to cover incurred losses. However, the full economic impact 
of the COVID-19 pandemic remains unknown and the Company will continue to monitor the loan portfolio 
for  indicators  that  would  warrant  additional  provisions  for  loan  losses  through  2021  and  beyond.  The 
Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $135,000 for the year ended December 31, 2019 because 
of an increase in the specific reserves associated with a relationship evaluated individually for impairment.  

For more financial data and other information about the provision for loan losses refer to section, “Balance 
Sheet Analysis” under this Item 7 – “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and 
Results of Operations”, and Note 4 “Allowance for Loan Losses” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Noninterest income 

Noninterest  income  includes  service  charges  and  fees  on  deposit  accounts,  fee  income  related  to  loan 
origination, gains and losses on sale of mortgage loans and securities held for sale.  The most significant 
noninterest income item has been mortgage banking income, net of commissions, representing 79% for the 
year ended December 31, 2020 and 64% for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

For the Year Ended  
December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Change 

$ 

% 

(dollars in thousands) 

Service charges and fees 
Mortgage banking income, net 
Gain on sale of asset held for sale 
Gain on sale of investment securities 
Gain on sale of SBA loans 
Other 
Total noninterest income 

 $        (26) 
(1.2)% 
 $      2,073    $      2,099  
93.1% 
        4,693  
        5,039  
        9,732  
              1   100.0% 
               -  
              1  
(88.1)% 
           (89) 
           101  
             12  
(70.1)% 
         (202) 
           288  
             86  
(10.5)% 
           341  
           (40) 
           381  
54.8% 
 $    12,245    $      7,908    $      4,337  

•  The  increase  in  mortgage  banking  income,  net  is  a  result  of  increased  loan  originations  and  sales 

compared to the prior year due to the low rate environment.   

•  The Company sold approximately $8,000,000 and $6,500,000 in investment securities resulting in a 
net gain of $12,000 and $101,000 during the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  
•  The Company made the decision not to sell any SBA loan guarantee strips after the first quarter of 2020 
which resulted in the recognition of $86,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020, compared to the 
recognition of $288,000 gain on sale for the year ended December 31, 2019. 

Noninterest expense 

Noninterest  expense  includes  all  expenses  of  the  Company  with  the  exception  of  interest  expense  on 
deposits and borrowings, provision for loan losses and income taxes.  Some of the primary components of 
noninterest expense are salaries and benefits, occupancy and equipment costs and professional and outside 
services.    Over  the  last  two  years,  the  most  significant  noninterest  expense  item  has  been  salaries  and 
benefits, representing 62% and 60% of noninterest expense in 2020 and 2019, respectively.   

40 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
For the Year Ended  
December 31, 

2020 

2019 

$ 
(dollars in thousands) 

Change 

% 

Salaries and benefits 
Occupancy 
Equipment 
Write down of assets held for sale 
Supplies 
Professional and outside services 
Advertising and marketing 
Foreclosed assets, net 
FDIC insurance premium 
Loss on debt extinguishment 
Other operating expense 
Total noninterest expense 

 $       12,920    $       12,241  
            1,290               1,346  
              852  
              881  
                22  
                  -  
              188  
              193  
            3,104               3,036  
              293  
              365  
                17  
             (149) 
              158  
              217  
- 
696 
            2,137               2,131  
 $       21,649    $       20,289  

 $          679  
             (56) 
              29  
             (22) 
               (5) 
              68  
              72  
           (166) 
              59  
696 
                6  
 $          1,360  

5.5% 
(4.2)% 
3.4% 
(100.0)% 
(2.6)% 
2.2% 
24.6% 
(976.5)% 
37.3% 
100% 
0.3% 
6.7% 

•  The  increase  in  salaries  and  benefits  expense  of  $679,000  was  primarily  driven  by  an  increase  in 
expenses related to mortgage production, as well as an increase in employee count to support several 
initiatives  including  expanding  treasury  management  services,  supporting  information  technology 
growth, and resources supporting PPP loan administration.  These increases were offset by the deferral 
of $1,052,000 in salary and benefits costs associated with the origination of over 1,500 PPP loans during 
2020. The deferred costs will be recognized over the life of the PPP loans as a component of interest 
income along with the origination fees. This level of deferred costs is not expected to be recognized in 
future  quarters  and  the  recognition  of  the  deferred  costs  and  fees  will  accelerate  as  PPP  loans  are 
forgiven or repaid.  

•  The decrease in foreclosed assets, net expense was the result of the sale of two foreclosed properties 

resulting in a gain of $175,000 during 2020. 

•  The increase in the FDIC insurance premium is related to the receipt of the small bank credit from the 

FDIC during 2019. 

•  The  Loss  on  debt  extinguishment  during  2020  was  the  result  of  the  Company  prepaying  the 
$31,000,000 outstanding of its FHLB advances during three month period ended December 31, 2020. 
This pre-payment resulted in the recognition of approximately $696,000 in prepayment fees. The pre-
payment of the advances will save the Company approximately $983,000 in interest expense over the 
remaining  life  of  those  advances,  and  will  save  approximately  $519,000  in  interest  expense  during 
2021. 

Income taxes 

The Company’s effective tax rate, income tax as a percent of pre-tax income, may vary significantly from 
the statutory rate due to permanent difference and available tax credits. Income tax expense for the years 
ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, was $2,485,000 and $1,164,000, respectively, resulting in an effective 
tax rate of 22.5% and 20.6%, respectively. The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily related to a 
reduction  in  the  tax  credit  received  related  to  state  taxes  attributed  to  the  Company  and  the  mortgage 
banking segment.  The Bank is not subject to Virginia income taxes, and instead is subject to a franchise 
tax based on bank capital.   

The Company has a net deferred tax asset which is included in other assets on the balance sheet.  For more 
financial  data  and  other  information  about  income  taxes  refer  to  Note  1  “Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting  Policies”  and Note  9  “Income  Taxes”  in  the  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements” 
contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

41 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance Sheet Analysis 

Investment securities 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, all of our investment securities were classified as available for sale.   

For more financial data and other information about investment securities refer to Note 1 “Summary of 
Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 2 “Investment Securities Available for Sale” in the “Notes to 
Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Loans 

One of management’s objectives is to improve the quality of the loan portfolio.  The Company seeks to 
achieve this objective by maintaining rigorous underwriting standards coupled with regular evaluation of 
the creditworthiness of and the designation of lending limits for each borrower.  The portfolio strategies 
include seeking industry, loan type and loan size diversification in order to minimize credit concentration 
risk.  Management also focuses on originating loans in markets with which the Company is familiar.   

Approximately  62%  of  all  loans  are  secured  by  mortgages  on  real  property  located  principally  in  the 
Commonwealth of Virginia.  Approximately 5% of the loan portfolio consists of rehabilitated student loans 
purchased by the Bank from 2014 to 2017 (see discussion following).  The Company’s commercial and 
industrial loan portfolio represents approximately 32% of all loans.  Loans in this category are typically 
made to individuals and small and medium-sized businesses, and range between $250,000 and $2.5 million.  
Based on underwriting standards, commercial and industrial loans may be secured in whole or in part by 
collateral such as liquid assets, accounts receivable, equipment, inventory, and real property.  The collateral 
securing any loan may depend on the type of loan and may vary in value based on market conditions.  The 
remainder of our loan portfolio is in consumer loans which represent less than 1% of the total.  

The  following  tables  present  the  composition  of  our  loan  portfolio  at  the  dates  indicated  (dollars  in 
thousands). 

Construction and land development 

Residential  
Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential, 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

Guaranteed student loans 
Consumer and other  

Total loans 
Deferred fees and costs, net 
Less: allowance for loan losses 

December 31, 2020 
Amount 

% 

December 31, 2019 
Amount 

% 

   $          8,103  
             21,466  
             29,569  

1.44% 
3.82% 
5.26% 

 $          7,887  
           24,063  
           31,950  

1.84% 
5.60% 
7.44% 

             99,784  
            121,184  
               9,889  
                  367  
            231,224  

  17.79% 
  21.60% 
1.75% 
0.07% 
  41.21% 

           98,353  
          116,508  
           13,332  
                156  
          228,349  

  22.91% 
  27.14% 
3.10% 
0.04% 
  53.19% 

             18,394  

3.28% 

           21,509  

5.01% 

            57,089  
            11,097  
             86,580  

  10.18% 
1.98% 
  15.44% 

           55,856  
           10,411  
           87,776  

  13.01% 
2.43% 
  20.45% 

            181,088  
           29,657  
             2,885  

  32.28% 
5.29% 
0.52% 

           45,074  
           33,525  
             2,621  

  10.50% 
7.81% 
0.61% 

  100.0% 

          561,003  
            (2,048) 
            (3,970) 

 $       554,985  

  100.0% 

          429,295  
                764  
            (3,186) 

 $       426,873  

42 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  Bank  originated  $185,137,000  in  PPP  loans  as  of  December  31,  2020.  These  loans  have  provided 
essential funds to approximately 1,500 businesses and nonprofits and protected more than 20,000 jobs in 
our community. The Bank is participating in the second round of PPP funding approved by Congress and 
signed into law by the President of the United States of America on December 27, 2020.  The processing 
fees earned on the PPP loans will help to support the Bank’s loan deferral program and potential credit 
losses associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. Below is a breakdown of PPP loans by loan size as of 
December 31, 2020 (dollars in thousands): 

Loan Size 
< $350,000 
$350,000 - $2 million 
> $2 million 

# of Loans 

$ of Loans 

              1,172    $         72,526  
                  57               41,046  
                    6               23,102  

       Total 

              1,235    $       136,674  

For  more  financial  data  and  other  information  about  loans  refer  to  Note  1  “Summary  of  Significant 
Accounting Policies” and Note 3 “Loans” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” contained 
in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Allowance for loan losses 

We monitor and maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb an estimate of probable losses inherent in 
the loan portfolio.  For more financial data and other information about loans refer to Note 1 “Summary of 
Significant Accounting Policies” and Note 4 “Allowance for Loan Losses” in the “Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Asset quality 

The following table summarizes asset quality information at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands). 

Nonaccrual loans 
Foreclosed properties 
Total nonperforming assets 

Restructured loans (not included in 

nonaccrual loans above) 

Loans past due 90 days and still  

accruing (1) 

Nonperforming assets to loans (2) 

Nonperforming assets to total assets 

Allowance for loan losses to  

nonaccrual loans 

December 31, 

2020 

2019 

 $         1,577    $         1,868  
              336  
              526  
 $         1,913    $         2,394  

 $         6,550    $         7,059  

 $         2,193    $         2,567  

0.34% 

0.27% 

0.56% 

0.44% 

251.75% 

170.57% 

(1) All loans 90 days past due and still accruing are rehabilitated student loans  
which have a 98% guarantee by the DOE. 
(2) Loans are net of unearned income and deferred cost. 

43 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Nonperforming assets totaled $1,913,000 at December 31, 2020, compared to $2,394,000 at December 31, 
2019.  Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2020 consisted primarily of $1,577,000 in nonaccrual loans, 
compared to $1,868,000 at December 31, 2019 

The following table presents an analysis of the changes in nonperforming assets for 2020 (in thousands). 

Nonaccrual 
Loans 

OREO 

Total 

Balance December 31, 2019 
Additions 
Loans placed back on accrual 
Transfers to OREO 
Repayments 
Charge-offs 
Sales 

 $             2,394  
 $                526  
 $             1,868  
                       -  
                1,446  
                1,446  
                       -                 (1,080) 
             (1,080)  
                       -  
                       -  
                       -  
                       -                    (191) 
                 (191) 
                 (482) 
                 (466) 
                   (16) 
                 (174) 
                       -                    (174) 

 Balance December 31, 2020  

 $             1,577  

 $                336  

 $             1,913  

Nonperforming  restructured  loans  are included  in  nonaccrual  loans.  Until a  nonperforming  restructured 
loan has performed in accordance with its restructured terms for a minimum of six months, it will remain 
on nonaccrual status. 

Interest is accrued on outstanding loan principal balances, unless the Company considers collection to be 
doubtful.  Commercial and unsecured consumer loans are designated as nonaccrual when the Company 
considers collection of expected principal and interest doubtful.  Mortgage loans and most other types of 
consumer loans past due 90 days or more may remain on accrual status if management determines that 
concern  over  our  ability  to  collect  principal  and  interest  is  not  significant.    When  loans  are  placed  in 
nonaccrual status, previously accrued and unpaid interest is reversed against interest income in the current 
period and interest is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash is received.  Interest accruals are 
resumed  on  such  loans  only  when  in  the  judgment  of  management,  the  loans  are  estimated  to  be  fully 
collectible as to both principal and interest. 

There were no specific allowances associated with the total nonaccrual loans of $1,577,000 at December 
31, 2020 that were considered impaired.  This compares to $1,868,000 in nonaccrual loans at December 
31, 2019 of which one loan had specific allowances for loan losses of $135,000. This loan was charged off 
during 2020. 

Cumulative interest income that would have been recorded had nonaccrual loans been performing would 
have been $84,000 and $136,000 for 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Student loans totaling $2,193,000 and 
$2,567,000 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, were past due 90 days or more and interest was 
still being accrued as principal and interest on such loans have a 98% guarantee by the DOE.  The 2% not 
covered by the DOE guarantee is provided for in the allowance for loan losses. 

44 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits 

The following table gives the composition of our deposits at the dates indicated (dollars in thousands). 

December 31, 2020 
% 
Amount 

December 31, 2019 
% 
Amount 

Demand accounts 
Interest checking accounts 
Money market accounts 
Savings accounts 
Time deposits of $250,000 and over 
Other time deposits 

 $       222,305   37.8% 
            70,342   11.9% 
          152,726   26.0% 
6.5% 
            38,083  
            16,014  
2.7% 
            88,912   15.1% 

 $       131,228   29.6% 
            48,427   10.9% 
            99,955   22.6% 
6.0% 
            26,396  
            22,327  
5.0% 
          114,875   25.9% 

Total 

 $       588,382   100.0% 

 $       443,208   100.0% 

Total deposits increased by $145,174,000, or 32.76%, from December 31, 2019. Variances of note are as 
follows: 

•  Noninterest bearing demand account balances increased $91,077,000 from December 31, 2019, and 
represented 37.78% of total deposits at December 31, 2020 compared to 29.61% as of December 31, 
2019. The increase in noninterest bearing deposits from December 31, 2019 was primarily a result of 
the Bank converting a significant portion of non-customer PPP loan applicants into customers.  

•  Low cost relationship deposits (i.e. interest checking, money market, and savings) balances increased 
$86,372,000, or 49.42%, from December 31, 2019. The increase in these accounts during 2020 was 
primarily a result of continued growth in accounts from non-customer PPP loan applicants and the 
migration of customer funds from time deposits.  

•  Time deposits decreased by $32,275,000, or 23.52%, from December 31, 2019. The decrease in time 
deposits was a result of our disciplined approached to deposit pricing to reduce our overall cost of 
funds and the migration of customers from time deposits to lower cost deposit products. 

The variety of deposit accounts that we offer has allowed us to be competitive in obtaining funds and has 
allowed us to respond with flexibility to, although not to eliminate, the threat of disintermediation (the flow 
of funds away from depository institutions such as banking institutions into direct investment vehicles such 
as government and corporate securities).  Our ability to attract and retain deposits, and our cost of funds, 
has been, and is expected to continue to be, significantly affected by money market conditions. 

Borrowings 

The Company prepaid all $31 million of its outstanding FHLB advances during the three month period 
ended December 31, 2020.  This pre-payment resulted in the recognition of a loss on debt extinguishment 
of  approximately  $696,000.  The  pre-payment  of  the  advances  will  save  the  Company  approximately 
$983,000  in  interest  expense  over  the  remaining  life  of  those  advances,  and  will  save  approximately 
$519,000 in interest expense during 2021.  

We utilize borrowings to supplement deposits to address funding or liability duration needs.  For more 
financial  data  and  other  information  about  borrowings  refer  to  Note  8  “Borrowings”  in  the  “Notes  to 
Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

45 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Off-balance sheet arrangements 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business 
to meet the financing needs of its customers and to reduce its own exposure to fluctuations in interest rates.  
For  more  financial  data  and  other  information  about  loans  refer  to  Note  12  “Commitments  and 
Contingencies” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-
K. 

Capital resources 

Shareholders’ equity at December 31, 2020 was $51,996,000, compared to $42,914,000 at December 31, 
2019.  The $9,082,000 increase in shareholders’ equity during 2020 is primarily due to net income for the 
year of $8,554,000.  

The following table presents the composition of regulatory capital and the capital ratios for the Bank at the 
dates indicated (dollars in thousands). 

Tier 1 capital 

Total bank equity capital 
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities 
Defined benefit postretirement plan 
Disallowed deferred tax asset 

Total Tier 1 capital 

Tier 2 capital 

Allowance for loan losses 
Tier 2 capital deduction 
Total Tier 2 capital 

Total risk-based capital 

Risk-weighted assets 

Average assets 

Capital ratios 

December 31, 

2020 

2019 

  $         62,183  
                (466) 
                    36  
                      -  
             61,753  

 $          53,768  
               (186) 
                  44  
               (759) 
            52,867  

              3,186  
               3,970  
                      -                (1,400) 
              1,786  
               3,970  

            65,723  

            54,653  

 $        462,690  

 $        435,082  

 $        665,172  

 $        545,567  

Leverage ratio (Tier 1 capital to average assets) 
Common equity tier 1 capital ratio (CET 1) 
Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets 
Total capital to risk-weighted assets 
Equity to total assets 

9.28% 
13.35% 
13.35% 
14.20% 
8.81% 

9.69% 
12.15% 
12.15% 
12.56% 
10.00% 

For  more  financial  data  and  other  information  about  capital  resources  refer  to  Note  13  “Shareholders’ 
Equity and Regulatory Matters” and Note 15 “Trust Preferred Securities” in the “Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. 

Liquidity 

Liquidity  represents  the  ability  of  a  company  to  convert  assets  into  cash  or  cash  equivalents  without 
significant loss, and the ability to raise additional funds by increasing liabilities.  Liquidity management 
involves monitoring our sources and uses of funds in order to meet our day-to-day cash flow requirements 
while  maximizing  profits.    Liquidity  management  is  made  more  complicated  because  different  balance 
sheet  components  are  subject  to  varying  degrees  of  management  control.  For  example,  the  timing  of 
maturities of our investment portfolio is fairly predictable and subject to a high degree of control at the time 

46 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
investment decisions are made.  However, net deposit inflows and outflows are far less predictable and are 
not subject to the same degree of control. 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, our liquid assets, consisting of cash, cash equivalents and investment 
securities available for sale, totaled $84,295,000 and $66,904,000, or 11.94% and 12.38% of total assets, 
respectively.  Investment securities traditionally provide a secondary source of liquidity since they can be 
converted into cash in a timely manner. 

Our  holdings  of  liquid  assets  plus  the  ability  to  maintain  and  expand  our  deposit  base  and  borrowing 
capabilities serve as our principal sources of liquidity.  We plan to meet our future cash needs through the 
liquidation  of  temporary  investments,  the  generation  of  deposits,  and  from  additional  borrowings.    In 
addition, we will receive cash upon the maturity and sale of loans and the maturity of investment securities.  
We maintain two federal funds lines of credit with correspondent banks totaling $15 million for which there 
were no borrowings against at December 31, 2020 and $5,317,000 borrowings against the lines at December 
31, 2019. 

We are also a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”), from which applications for 
borrowings can be made.  The FHLB requires that securities, qualifying mortgage loans, and stock of the 
FHLB owned by the Bank be pledged to secure any advances from the FHLB.  The unused borrowing 
capacity currently available from the FHLB at December 31, 2020 was $50.3 million, based on the Bank's 
qualifying collateral available to secure any future borrowings.  However, we are able to pledge additional 
collateral to the FHLB in order to increase our available borrowing capacity up to 25% of assets.  

We also have access to the Federal Reserve’s PPPLF, from which applications for borrowings can be made.  
The Federal Reserve requires that PPP loans be pledged to secure any advances from the PPPLF.  The 
Company currently has $41,529,000 in borrowings against the PPPLF and an unused borrowing capacity 
of $95,145,000 based on unpledged PPP loans available to secure any future borrowings. The Company 
has  access  to  this  facility  until  March  31,  2021  at  which  time  the  Federal  Reserve  will  no  longer  take 
requests for borrowings.  

Liquidity provides us with the ability to meet normal deposit withdrawals, while also providing for the 
credit  needs  of  customers.    We  are  committed  to  maintaining  liquidity  at  a  level  sufficient  to  protect 
depositors, provide for reasonable growth, and fully comply with all regulatory requirements.  

At December 31, 2020, we had commitments to originate $150,974,000 of loans.  Fixed commitments to 
incur capital expenditures were approximately $400,000 at December 31, 2020.  Certificates of deposit 
scheduled to mature or reprice in the 12-month period ending December 31, 2021 total $75,413,000.  We 
believe  that  a  significant  portion  of  such  deposits  will  remain  with  us.   We further believe that  deposit 
growth, loan repayments and other sources of funds will be adequate to meet our foreseeable short-term 
and long-term liquidity needs. 

Interest Rate Sensitivity 

An  important  element  of  asset/liability  management  is  the  monitoring  of  our  sensitivity  to  interest  rate 
movements.  In order to measure the effects of interest rates on our net interest income, management takes 
into  consideration  the  expected  cash  flows  from  the  securities  and  loan  portfolios  and  the  expected 
magnitude of the repricing of specific asset and liability categories.  We evaluate interest sensitivity risk 
and then formulate guidelines to manage this risk based on management’s outlook regarding the economy, 
forecasted interest rate movements and other business factors.  Our goal is to maximize and stabilize the 
net interest margin by limiting exposure to interest rate changes. 

Contractual principal repayments of loans do not necessarily reflect the actual term of our loan portfolio.  
The  average  lives  of  mortgage  loans  are  substantially  less  than  their  contractual  terms  because  of  loan 
prepayments and because of enforcement of due-on-sale clauses, which gives us the right to declare a loan 
immediately due and payable in the event, among other things, the borrower sells the real property subject 
47 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid.  In addition, certain borrowers increase their equity in the security 
property by making payments in excess of those required under the terms of the mortgage. 

The sale of fixed rate loans is intended to protect us from precipitous changes in the general level of interest 
rates. The valuation of adjustable rate mortgage loans is not as directly dependent on the level of interest 
rates as is the value of fixed rate loans.  As with other investments, we regularly monitor the appropriateness 
of the level of adjustable rate mortgage loans in our portfolio and may decide from time to time to sell such 
loans and reinvest the proceeds in other adjustable rate investments. 

Impact of inflation and changing prices 

The Company’s financial statements included herein have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which 
require the Company to measure financial position and operating results primarily in terms of historical 
dollars.  Changes in the relative value of money due to inflation or recession are generally not considered.  
The primary effect of inflation on the operations of the Company is reflected in increased operating costs.  
In management’s opinion, changes in interest rates affect the financial condition of a financial institution 
to a far greater degree than changes in the inflation rate.  While interest rates are greatly influenced by 
changes in the inflation rate, they do not necessarily change at the same rate or in the same magnitude as 
the  inflation  rate.    Interest  rates  are  highly  sensitive to  many  factors  that  are  beyond  the  control  of  the 
Company, including changes in the expected rate of inflation, the influence of general and local economic 
conditions and the monetary and fiscal policies of the United States government, its agencies and various 
other governmental regulatory authorities. 

LIBOR and Other Benchmark Rates 

Following the announcement by the U.K.’s Financial Conduct Authority in July 2017 that it will no longer 
persuade or require banks to submit rates for LIBOR after 2021, central banks and regulators around the 
world  have  commissioned  working  groups  to  find  suitable  replacements  for  Interbank  Offered  Rates 
(“IBOR”) and other benchmark rates and to implement financial benchmark reforms more generally. These 
actions have resulted in uncertainty regarding the use of alternative reference rates (“ARRs”) and could 
cause disruptions in a variety of markets, as well as adversely impact our business, operations and financial 
results. 

To  facilitate  an  orderly  transition  from  IBORs  and  other  benchmark  rates  to  ARRs,  the  Company  has 
established  a  company-wide  initiative  led  by  senior  management.  The  objective  of  this  initiative  is  to 
identify and assess the Company’s exposure and develop an appropriate action plan to address this exposure 
prior to transition.   

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates 

General 

The accounting and reporting policies of the Company and the Bank are in accordance with GAAP and 
conform to general practices within the banking industry.  The Company’s financial position and results of 
operations  are  affected  by  management’s  application  of  accounting  policies,  including  estimates, 
assumptions  and  judgments  made  to  arrive  at  the  carrying  value  of  assets  and  liabilities,  and  amounts 
reported for revenues, expenses and related disclosures.  Different assumptions in the application of these 
policies could result in material changes in the Company’s consolidated financial position and/or results of 
operations. 

The more critical accounting and reporting policies include the Company’s accounting for the allowance 
for loan losses and income taxes.  The Company’s accounting policies are fundamental to understanding 
the Company’s consolidated financial position and consolidated results of operations.  Accordingly, the 
Company’s  significant  accounting  policies  are  discussed  in  detail  in  Note  1  “Summary  of  Significant 

48 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 
10-K. 

The following is a summary of the Company’s critical accounting policies that are highly dependent on 
estimates, assumptions, and judgments. 

Allowance for loan losses 

We monitor and maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb an estimate of probable losses inherent in 
the  loan  portfolio.    We  maintain  policies  and  procedures  that  address  the  systems  of  controls  over  the 
following  areas  of  maintenance  of  the  allowance:    the  systematic  methodology  used  to  determine  the 
appropriate level of the allowance to provide assurance they are maintained in accordance with GAAP; the 
accounting policies for loan charge-offs and recoveries; the assessment and measurement of impairment in 
the loan portfolio; and the loan grading system. 

The allowance reflects management’s best estimate of probable losses within the existing loan portfolio 
and of the risk inherent in various components of the loan portfolio, including loans identified as impaired 
as  required  by  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  Codification  Topic  310:  Receivables.    Loans 
evaluated individually for impairment include nonperforming loans, such as loans on nonaccrual, loans past 
due by 90 days or more, restructured loans and other loans selected by management.  The evaluations are 
based upon discounted expected cash flows or collateral valuations.  If the evaluation shows that a loan is 
individually impaired, then a specific reserve is established for the amount of impairment. 

Loans are grouped by similar characteristics, including the type of loan, the assigned loan classification and 
the general collateral type.  A loss rate reflecting the expected loss inherent in a group of loans is derived 
based upon historical net charge-off rates, the predominant collateral type for the group and the terms of 
the loan.  The resulting estimate of losses for groups of loans is adjusted for relevant environmental factors 
and other conditions of the portfolio of loans and leases, including:  borrower and industry concentrations; 
levels and trends in delinquencies, charge-offs and recoveries; changes in underwriting standards and risk 
selection; level of experience, ability and depth of lending management; and national and local economic 
conditions. 

The  amounts  of  estimated  impairment  for  individually  evaluated  loans  and  groups  of  loans  are  added 
together for a total estimate of loan losses.  This estimate of losses is compared to our allowance for loan 
losses as of the evaluation date and, if the estimate of losses is greater than the allowance, an additional 
provision to the allowance would be made.  If the estimate of losses is less than the allowance, the degree 
to which the allowance exceeds the estimate is evaluated to determine whether the allowance falls outside 
a  range  of  estimates.    We  recognize  the  inherent  imprecision  in  estimates  of  losses  due  to  various 
uncertainties and variability related to the factors used, and therefore a reasonable range around the estimate 
of losses is derived and evaluated by management.  If different assumptions or conditions were to prevail 
and it is determined that the allowance is not adequate to absorb the new estimate of probable losses, an 
additional  provision  for  loan  losses  would  be  made,  which  amount  may  be  material  to  the  financial 
statements. 

Income taxes 

The  Company  uses  the  asset  and  liability  method  of  accounting  for  income  taxes.  Under  this  method, 
deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences 
between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax 
bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable 
income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled.  If current 
available information raises doubt as to the realization of the deferred tax assets, a valuation allowance may 
be  established.  Management  considers  the  determination  of  this  valuation  allowance  to  be  a  critical 
accounting policy due to the need to exercise significant judgment in evaluating the amount and timing of 
recognition  of  deferred  tax  liabilities  and  assets,  including  projections  of  future  taxable  income.  These 
49 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
judgments and estimates are reviewed on a continual basis as regulatory and business factors change.  A 
valuation allowance for deferred tax assets may be required if the amounts of taxes recoverable through 
loss carry forwards decline, or if management projects lower levels of future taxable income.   

New accounting standards 

For information regarding recent accounting pronouncements and their effect on us, see “New Accounting 
Pronouncements” in Note 1 “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” in the “Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements” contained in Item 8 of this Form 10-K.  

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK 

Not applicable. 

ITEM 8.  FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA 

The consolidated financial statements and related footnotes of the Company are presented following. 

50 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm 

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors 
Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp.  
Midlothian, Virginia 

Opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements 
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. 
and its subsidiary (the Corporation) as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, the related consolidated statements 
of income, comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended, and the 
related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, 
the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Corporation as 
of December 31, 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, 
in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 

Basis for Opinion 
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation’s management. Our responsibility is to 
express  an  opinion  on  the  Corporation’s  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public 
accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board  (United  States) 
(PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal 
securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and 
the PCAOB. 

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we 
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free 
of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Corporation is not required to have, nor were 
we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are 
required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of 
expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting. 
Accordingly, we express no such opinion. 

Our  audits  included  performing  procedures  to  assess the risks  of material misstatement  of the financial 
statements,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud,  and  performing  procedures  that  respond  to  those  risks.  Such 
procedures  included  examining,  on  a  test  basis,  evidence  regarding  the  amounts  and  disclosures  in  the 
financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant 
estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. 
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. 

Critical Audit Matters 
The  critical  audit  matter  communicated  below  is  a  matter  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the 
financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and 
that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our 

51 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does 
not  alter  in  any  way  our  opinion  on  the  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by 
communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or 
on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. 

Allowance for Loan Losses – Qualitative Factors 
As described in Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 4 – Allowance for Loan 
Losses to the consolidated financial statements, the Corporation maintains an allowance for loan losses that 
represents management’s best estimate of probable losses inherent in the loan portfolio. For loans that are 
not specifically identified for impairment, management determines the allowance for loan losses based on 
historical  loss  experience  adjusted  for  qualitative  factors.  Qualitative  adjustments  to  the  historical  loss 
experience are established by applying a loss percentage to the loan segments established by management 
based on their assessment of shared risk characteristics within groups of similar loans.  

Qualitative factors are determined based on management’s continuing evaluation of inputs and assumptions 
underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. Management evaluates qualitative factors by loan segment, 
primarily considering changes in lending policies and procedures, current economic conditions, the nature 
and volume of loans, the experience and depth of the lending team, delinquency trends, the loan review 
system, collateral values, the existence and effect of concentrations, and other external factors. Qualitative 
factors  contribute  significantly  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses.  Management  exercised  significant 
judgment when assessing the qualitative factors in estimating the allowance for loan losses. We identified 
the assessment of the qualitative factors as a critical audit matter as auditing the qualitative factors involved 
especially  complex  and  subjective  auditor  judgment  in  evaluating  management’s  assessment  of  the 
inherently subjective estimates.   

The primary audit procedures we performed to address this critical audit matter included: 

•  Substantively testing management’s process, including evaluating their judgments and assumptions for 

developing the qualitative factors, which included: 
o  Evaluating the completeness and accuracy of data inputs used as a basis for the qualitative factors. 
o  Evaluating  the  reasonableness  of  management’s  judgments  related  to  the  determination  of 

qualitative factors. 

o  Evaluating the qualitative factors for directional consistency and for reasonableness. 
o  Testing the mathematical accuracy of the allowance calculation, including the application of the 

qualitative factors. 

/s/ Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.  

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2018. 

Richmond, Virginia 
March 19, 2021 

52 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Balance Sheets 
December 31, 2020 and 2019 
(in thousands, except share and per share data) 

2020 

2019 

$         12,709 
30,742 
43,451 
40,844 
825 
34,421 

$         19,967 
- 
19,967 
46,937 
2,035 
12,722 

561,003 
(3,970) 
(2,048) 
554,985 
336 
- 
11,779 
7,806 
4,943 
6,846 

429,295 
(3,186) 
764 
426,873 
526 
514 
12,036 
7,612 
2,597 
8,494 

  $       706,236  

 $       540,313  

  $       222,305  
           366,077  
           588,382  
                    -  
             8,764  
             5,628  
           41,529  
                194  
             9,743  
           654,240  

 $       131,228  
          311,980  
          443,208  
           29,000  
             8,764  
             5,595  
             5,317  
                221  
             5,294  
          497,399  

               5,794  
           54,510  
            (8,738) 
              (771) 
                771  
                430  
             51,996  

             5,779  
           54,285  
          (17,292) 
              (856) 
                856  
                142  
           42,914  

  $       706,236  

 $       540,313  

Assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Federal funds sold 

Total cash and cash equivalents 

Investment securities available for sale, at fair value 
Restricted stock, at cost 
Loans held for sale 
Loans 

Outstandings 
Allowance for loan losses 
Deferred fees and costs, net 

Total loans, net 

Other real estate owned, net of valuation allowance 
Assets held for sale 
Premises and equipment, net 
Bank owned life insurance 
Accrued interest receivable 
Other assets 

Total Assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity 
Liabilities 
Deposits 

Noninterest bearing demand 
Interest bearing 
Total deposits 

Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Long-term debt - trust preferred securities 
Subordinated debt, net 
Other borrowings 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Shareholders' equity 
Common stock, $4 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized;  

1,466,516 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2020 and 
1,435,009 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2019 

Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated deficit 
Stock in directors rabbi trust 
Directors deferred fees obligation 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

Total shareholders' equity 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

53 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Income 
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 
(in thousands, except per share data) 

2020 

2019 

 $             24,784  
                     983  
                       59  
                25,826  

 $             22,045  
                  1,117  
                     325  
                23,487  

                  3,098  
                  1,335  
                  4,433  

                  3,852  
                  1,478  
                  5,330  

                21,393  
                     950  

                18,157  
                     135  

                20,443  

                18,022  

                  2,073  
                  9,732  
                         1  
                       12  
                       86  
                     341  
                12,245  

                  2,099  
                  5,039  
                         -  
                     101  
                     288  
                     381  
                  7,908  

                12,920  
                  1,290  
                     881  
                         -  
                     188  
                  3,104  
                     365  
                   (149) 
                     217  
696 
                  2,137  
                21,649  

                12,241  
                  1,346  
                     852  
                       22  
                     193  
                  3,036  
                     293  
                       17  
                     158  
- 
                  2,131  
                20,289  

                11,039  
                  2,485  

                  5,641  
                  1,164  

                  8,554  

                  4,477  

 $                 5.86  
 $                 5.86  

 $                 3.10  
 $                 3.10  

Interest income 
Loans 
Investment securities 
Federal funds sold 

Total interest income 

Interest expense 
Deposits 
Borrowed funds 

Total interest expense 

Net interest income 
Provision for loan losses 

Net interest income after provision 

for loan losses 

Noninterest income 
Service charges and fees 
Mortgage banking income, net 
Gain on sale of asset held for sale 
Gain on sale of investment securities, net 
Gain on sale of Small Business Administration loans 
Other 

Total noninterest income 

Noninterest expense 
Salaries and benefits 
Occupancy 
Equipment 
Write down of assets held for sale 
Supplies 
Professional and outside services 
Advertising and marketing 
Foreclosed assets, net 
FDIC insurance premium 
Loss on debt extinguishment 
Other operating expense 

Total noninterest expense 

Income before income tax expense 
Income tax expense 

Net income 

Earnings per share, basic 
Earnings per share, diluted 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.  

54 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
                           
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 
(in thousands) 

Net income  
Other comprehensive income 

Unrealized holding gains arising during the period 

Tax effect 

Net change in unrealized holding gains on 
securities available for sale, net of tax 

Reclassification adjustment 

Reclassification adjustment for gains  

realized in income 

Tax effect 

Reclassification for gains included 

in net income, net of tax 

Minimum pension adjustment 
Tax effect 

Minimum pension adjustment, net of tax 

Total other comprehensive income 

        Total comprehensive income 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

2020 

2019 

 $         8,554  

 $         4,477  

                365  
               (77) 

            1,218  
             (256) 

              288  

              962  

               (12) 
                   3  

             (101) 
                21  

                (9) 

               (80) 

                  14  
                 (5) 
                9  

                14  
                (5) 
               9  

              288  

              891  

 $         8,842  

 $         5,368  

55 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity 
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 
(in thousands) 

Balance, December 31, 2018 
Restricted stock redemption 
Vesting of restricted stock 
Stock based compensation  
Expiration of common stock warrant 
Net income 
Other comprehensive income 
Balance, December 31, 2019 

Vesting of restricted stock 
Stock based compensation  
Net income 
Other comprehensive income 
Balance, December 31, 2020 

Common  
Stock 

 $    5,707  
               -  
            72  
               -  

               -  
               -  
 $    5,779  

            15  
               -  
               -  
               -  
 $    5,794  

Additional 
Paid-in 
Capital 

 $    53,212  
                 -  
             (72) 
            413  
            732  
                 -  
                 -  
 $    54,285  

             (15) 
            240  
                 -  
                 -  
 $    54,510  

Accumulated 
Deficit 

 $       (21,769) 
                      -  
                      -  
                      -  

              4,477  
                      -  
 $       (17,292) 

Common  
Stock 
Warrant 

Stock in  
Directors 
Rabbi Trust 

Directors 
Deferred 
Fees  
Obligation 

Accumulated 
Other 
Comprehensive 
Income (Loss) 

Total 

 $       732  
               -  
               -  
               -  
        (732) 
               -  
               -  
 $            -  

 $          (883) 
                27  
                   -  
                   -  

 $         883  
            (27) 
                 -  
                 -  

 $                (749) 
                          -  
                          -  
                          -  

 $ 37,133  
              -  
              -  
         413  

                   -  
                   -  
 $          (856) 

                 -  
                 -  
 $         856  

                          -  
                     891  
 $                  142  

      4,477  
         891  
 $ 42,914  

                      -  
                      -  
              8,554  
                      -  
 $         (8,738) 

               -  
               -  
               -  
               -  
 $            -  

                85  
                   -  
                   -  
                   -  
 $          (771) 

            (85) 
                 -  
                 -  
                 -  
 $         771  

                          -  
                          -  
                          -  
                     288  
 $                  430  

         - 
         240  
      8,554  
         288  
 $ 51,996  

56 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. and Subsidiary 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 
(in thousands) 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 
Net income 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net  

cash (used in) provided by operating activities: 

Depreciation and amortization 
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Deferred income taxes 
Provision for loan losses 
Write-down of other real estate owned 
Gain on sale of investment securities 
Gain on sales of loans held for sale 
Gain on sale of assets held for sale 
Gain on sale of other real estate owned 
Losses on debt extinguishment 
Stock compensation expense 
Proceeds from sale of mortgage loans 
Origination of mortgage loans held for sale 
Amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts on securities, net 
Increase in bank owned life insurance 
Net change in: 

Interest receivable 
Other assets 
Interest payable 
Other liabilities 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 
Purchases of available for sale securities 
Proceeds from the sale of available for sale securities 
Proceeds from the sale of assets held for sale 
Proceeds from maturities, calls and paydowns of available for sale securities 
Net increase in loans 
Proceeds from sale of other real estate owned 
Purchases of premises and equipment, net 
Redemptions (purchase) of restricted stock, net 

Net cash used in investing activities 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities 
Net increase in deposits 
Proceeds from issuance (repayments) of Federal Home Loan Bank advances 
Net increase in other borrowings 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents 
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period 

2020 

2019 

 $  

      8,554  

 $  

      4,477  

           586  
             32  
        2,393  
           950  
             16  
           (12) 
    (11,703) 
             (1) 
         (175) 
           696  
           240  
  361,393 
  (371,389) 
           209  
         (194) 

     (2,346) 
         (810)  
          (27) 
      4,449  
     (7,139) 

   (11,914) 
      7,936  
         515  
     10,227  
 (129,062) 
         349  
       (329) 
      1,210  
 (121,068) 

   145,174  
   (29,696) 
     36,213  
   151,691  

     23,484  
     19,967  

         644  
           32  
      1,197  
         135  
           40  
       (101) 
     (6,205) 
             -  
             -  
             -  
         413  
   203,108  
 (203,497) 
         218  
       (171) 

           65  
     (2,366) 
             -  
      2,156  
         145  

   (13,352) 
      6,491  
             -  
      5,177  
   (14,916) 
             -  
       (225) 
       (374) 
   (17,199) 

      4,161  
      8,000  
      5,317  
     17,478  

         424  
     19,543  

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period 

 $  

     43,451  

 $  

     19,967  

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information 

Cash payments for interest 

Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Activities 
Unrealized gains on securities available for sale 
Right of use assets obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities 
Minimum pension adjustment 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements. 

 $  

      5,156  

 $  

      3,958  

 $  
 $  
 $  

         353  
         303  
           14  

 $  
 $  
 $  

      1,117  
      1,405  
           14  

57 

 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. and Subsidiary 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 

Note 1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies 

The  accounting  and  reporting  policies  of  Village  Bank  and  Trust  Financial  Corp.  and  subsidiary  (the 
“Company”)  conform  to  accounting  principles  generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of  America 
(“GAAP”) and to general practice within the banking industry.  The following is a description of the more 
significant of those policies: 

Business 

The Company is the holding company of Village Bank (the “Bank”).  The Bank opened to the public on 
December 13, 1999 as a traditional community bank offering deposit and loan services to individuals and 
businesses  in  the  Richmond,  Virginia  metropolitan  area.    In  2017,  the  Bank  entered  the  Williamsburg, 
Virginia market by opening a full service branch.  Village Bank Mortgage Corporation (the “Mortgage 
Company”) is a full service mortgage banking company wholly-owned by the Bank. 

The Bank is subject to regulations of certain federal and state agencies and undergoes periodic examinations 
by  those  regulatory  authorities.    As  a  consequence  of  the  extensive  regulation  of  commercial  banking 
activities,  the  Bank’s  business  is  susceptible  to  being  affected  by  state  and  federal  legislation  and 
regulations. 

The majority of the Company’s real estate loans are collateralized by properties in the Richmond, Virginia 
metropolitan area.  Accordingly, the ultimate collectability of those loans collateralized by real estate is 
particularly susceptible to changes in market conditions in the Richmond area. 

Basis of presentation and consolidation 

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company, the Bank and the Mortgage 
Company.    All material intercompany  balances and transactions  have  been eliminated in consolidation.  
Certain reclassifications have been made to the prior year financial statements to conform to current year 
presentation.  The results of the reclassifications are not considered material.   

Use of estimates 

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management 
to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure 
of  contingent  assets and liabilities as of  the  balance sheets dates  and  revenues and  expenses  during  the 
reporting period.  Actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.  Material estimates that are 
particularly susceptible to significant change include the determination of the allowance for loan losses and 
its related provision, including impaired loans, the valuation of deferred tax assets, and the estimate of the 
fair value of assets held for sale. 

Securities 

At  the  time  of  purchase,  debt  securities  are  classified  into  the  following  categories:  held  to  maturity, 
available for sale or trading.  Debt securities that the Company has both the positive intent and ability to 
hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity.  Held to maturity securities are stated at amortized cost 
adjusted  for  amortization  of  premiums  and  accretion  of  discounts  on  purchase  using  a  method  that 
approximates the effective interest method.  Investments classified as trading or available for sale are stated 
at fair value.  Changes in fair value of trading investments are included in current earnings while changes 
in fair value of available for sale investments are excluded from current earnings and reported, net of taxes, 
58 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
as a separate component of other comprehensive income.  Presently, the Company does not maintain a 
portfolio of trading securities or held to maturity. 

The fair value of investment securities available for sale is estimated based on quoted prices for similar 
assets determined by bid quotations received from independent pricing services.  Declines in the fair value 
of  securities below  their amortized  cost that  are  other  than  temporary are  reflected in  earnings  or  other 
comprehensive income, as appropriate. For those debt securities whose fair value is less than their amortized 
cost basis, we consider our intent to sell the security, whether it is more likely than not that we will be 
required to sell the security before recovery and if we do not expect to recover the entire amortized cost 
basis of the security.  In analyzing an issuer’s financial condition, we may consider whether the securities 
are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have 
occurred and the results of reviews of the issuer’s financial condition. 

Restricted stock, at cost. The Company is required to maintain an investment in the capital stock of certain 
correspondent banks. The Company’s investment in these securities is recorded at cost.  

Interest income is recognized when earned.  Realized gains and losses for securities classified as available-
for-sale are included in earnings and are derived using the specific identification method for determining 
the cost of securities sold. 

Mortgage Banking and Derivatives 

Loans  held  for  sale.  The  Company,  through  the  Bank’s  mortgage  banking  subsidiary,  the  Mortgage 
Company,  originates  residential mortgage  loans for sale in  the  secondary  market.  Residential mortgage 
loans held for sale are sold to the permanent investor with the mortgage servicing rights released. During 
the first quarter of 2020, the Company elected to begin using fair value accounting for its entire portfolio 
of loans held for sale (“LHFS”) in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 820 - Fair 
Value Measurement and Disclosures. Fair value of the Company’s LHFS is based on observable market 
prices for the identical instruments traded in the secondary mortgage loan markets in which the Company 
conducts business and totaled $34.4 million as of December 31, 2020, of which $32.9 million is related to 
unpaid principal.  The Company’s portfolio of LHFS is classified as Level 2. These loans were previously 
carried  as  of  December  31,  2019  at  the  lower  of  cost  or  estimated  fair  value  on  an  aggregate  basis  as 
determined by outstanding commitments from investors and totaled $12.7 million.  

Interest  Rate  Lock  Commitments  and  Forward  Sales  Commitments.  The  Company,  through  the 
Mortgage Company, enters into commitments to originate residential mortgage loans in which the interest 
rate on the loan is determined prior to funding, termed interest rate lock commitments (“IRLCs”). Such rate 
lock commitments on mortgage loans to be sold in the secondary market are considered to be derivatives. 
Upon entering into a commitment to originate a loan, the Company protects itself from changes in interest 
rates during the period prior to sale by requiring a firm purchase agreement from a permanent investor 
before a loan can be closed (forward sales commitment). The Company locks in the loan and rate with an 
investor and commits to deliver the loan if settlement occurs on a best efforts basis, thus limiting interest 
rate risk. Certain additional risks exist if the investor fails to meet its purchase obligation; however, based 
on historical performance and the size and nature of the investors the Company does not expect them to fail 
to  meet  their  obligation.   The  Company  determines  the  fair  value  of  IRLCs  based  on  the  price  of  the 
underlying loans obtained from an investor for loans that will be delivered on a best efforts basis while 
taking into consideration the probability that the rate lock commitments will close. The fair value of these 
derivative instruments is reported in “Other Assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 
2020, and totaled $1.6 million, with a notional amount of $38.9 million and total positions of 150. The fair 
value of IRLCs was considered immaterial at December 31, 2019. Changes in fair value are recorded as a 
component of mortgage banking income, net in the Consolidated Income Statement for the period ended 
December 31, 2020. The Company’s IRLCs are classified as Level 2. At December 31, 2020 and December 
31, 2019, each IRLC and all LHFS were subject to a forward sales commitment on a best efforts basis.  

59 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
During the first quarter of 2020, the Company elected to begin using fair value accounting for its forward 
sales commitments related to IRLCs and LHFS under ASC 825-10-15-4(b).  The fair value of forward sales 
commitments is reported in “Other Liabilities” in the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2020, 
and totaled $3.1 million, with a notional amount of $71.7 million and total positions of 289.  The fair value 
of the forward sales commitments was considered immaterial at December 31, 2019.   

Transfers of financial assets 

Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered.  
Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when: (1) the assets have been isolated from 
the Bank and put presumptively beyond the reach of the transferor and its creditors, even in bankruptcy or 
other  receivership,  (2)  the  transferee  obtains  the  right  (free  of  conditions  that  constrain  it  from  taking 
advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Bank does not maintain 
effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity 
or the ability to unilaterally cause the holder to return specific assets.  Our transfers of financial assets are 
limited to commercial loan participations sold, which were insignificant for 2020 and 2019, and the sale of 
residential mortgage loans in the secondary market; the extent of which are disclosed in the Consolidated 
Statements of Cash Flows. 

Loans 

Loans are stated at the principal amount outstanding, net of unearned income.  Loan origination fees and 
certain direct loan origination costs are deferred and amortized to interest income over the life of the loan 
as an adjustment to the loan’s yield over the term of the loan. 

A loan’s past due status is based on the contractual due date of the most delinquent payment dates.  Interest 
is  accrued  on  outstanding  principal  balances,  unless  the  Company  considers  collection  to  be  doubtful.  
Commercial and unsecured consumer loans are designated as nonaccrual when payment is delinquent 90 
days or at the point which the Company considers collection doubtful, if earlier.  Mortgage loans and most 
other  types  of  consumer  loans  past  due  90  days  or  more  may  remain  on  accrual  status  if  management 
determines  that  such  amounts  are  collectible.    When  loans  are  placed  in  nonaccrual  status,  previously 
accrued  and  unpaid  interest  is  reversed  against  interest  income  in  the  current  period  and  interest  is 
subsequently recognized only to the extent cash is received as long as the remaining recorded investment 
in the loan is deemed fully collectible.  Loans may be placed back on accrual status when, in the opinion of 
management, the circumstances warrant such action such as a history of timely payments subsequent to 
being placed on nonaccrual status, additional collateral is obtained or the borrowers cash flows improve. 

Standby  letters  of  credit  are  written  conditional  commitments  issued  by  the  Bank  to  guarantee  the 
performance of a customer to a third party.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially 
the same as that involved in extending loans to customers.  The total contractual amount of standby letters 
of credit, whose contract amounts represent credit risk, was approximately $4,934,000 at December 31, 
2020 and approximately $6,732,000 at December 31, 2019. 

Below is a summary of the current loan segments: 

Construction  and land  development loans  consist primarily  of loans  for the purchase  or refinance  of 
unimproved lots or raw land. Additionally, the Company finances the construction of real estate projects 
typically where the permanent mortgage will remain with the Company. Specific underwriting guidelines 
are delineated in the Bank’s loan policies. Construction and land development loans carry risks that the 
project will not be finished according to schedule, the project will not be finished according to budget and 
the  value  of  the  collateral  may,  at  any  point  in  time,  be  less  than  the  principal  amount  of  the  loan. 
Construction loans also bear the risk that the general contractor, who may or may not be a loan customer, 
may be unable to finish the construction project as planned because of financial pressure unrelated to the 
project. 

60 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial real estate loans are subject to underwriting standards and processes similar to commercial 
and industrial loans, in addition to those specific to real estate loans. These loans are viewed primarily as 
cash flow loans and secondarily as loans secured by real estate. Commercial real estate lending typically 
involves higher loan principal amounts, and the repayment of these loans is generally largely dependent on 
the successful operation of the property securing the loan or the business conducted on the property securing 
the  loan.  Commercial  real estate loans  may  be  more adversely  affected  by  conditions  in  the real  estate 
markets or in the general economy. Management monitors and evaluates commercial real estate loans based 
on  cash  flows,  collateral,  geography  and  risk  grade  criteria.  Commercial  real  estate  loans  carry  risks 
associated  with the  successful  operation  of a  business  or  a  real  estate  project,  in  addition  to  other  risks 
associated with the ownership of real estate, because the repayment of these loans may be dependent upon 
the profitability and cash flows of the business or project.  

Consumer  real  estate  loans  include  consumer  purpose  1-to-4  family  residential  properties  and  home 
equity loans. Consumer purpose loans have underwriting standards that are heavily influenced by statutory 
requirements, which include, but are not limited to, documentation requirements, limits on maximum loan-
to-value  percentages,  and  collection  remedies.  Loans  to  finance  1-4  family  investment  properties  are 
primarily  dependent  upon  rental  income  generated  from  the  property  and  secondarily  supported  by  the 
borrower’s personal income. The Company typically originates residential mortgages through our mortgage 
company and these loans are sold to secondary mortgage market correspondents.  Consumer real estate 
loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower and changes in the value 
of the collateral. 

Commercial  and  industrial  loans  are  underwritten  after  evaluating  and  understanding  the  borrower’s 
ability to operate profitably and prudently expand its business. Management examines current and projected 
cash  flows  to  determine  the  ability  of  borrowers  to  repay  their  obligations  as  agreed.  Commercial  and 
industrial loans are primarily made based on the identified cash flows of the borrower and secondarily on 
the underlying collateral provided by the borrower. The cash flows of borrowers, however, may not be as 
expected, and the collateral securing these loans may fluctuate in value. Most commercial and industrial 
loans  are  secured  by  the  assets  being  financed  or  other  business  assets  such  as  accounts  receivable, 
inventory  or  marketable  securities  and  may  incorporate  personal  guarantees;  however,  some  short-term 
loans  may  be  made  on  an  unsecured  basis.  In  the  case  of  loans  secured  by  accounts  receivable,  the 
availability of funds for the repayment of these loans may be substantially dependent on the ability of the 
borrower  to  collect  amounts  due  from  its  customers.  Government  guaranteed  balances  represent  Small 
Business Administration (“SBA”) loans originated by the Bank according to SBA guidelines.   

Consumer and other loans are generally small loans spread across many borrowers and are underwritten 
after  determining  the  ability  of  the  consumer  borrower  to  repay  their  obligations  as  agreed.  The 
underwriting standards are influenced by credit history, ability to repay, and loan-to-value.  Consumer loans 
may be secured or unsecured and are comprised of revolving lines, installment loans and other consumer 
loans. Consumer and other loans carry risks associated with the continued credit-worthiness of the borrower 
and the value of the collateral, or lack thereof. Consumer loans are more likely than real estate loans to be 
immediately adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy. 

Guaranteed  student  loans  The  Bank  purchases  Federal  Rehabilitated  Student  Loan  portfolios  when 
approved  by  the  Board  of  Directors.  These  loans  are  guaranteed  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  Education 
(“DOE”) which covers approximately 98% of the principal and interest.  These loans are serviced by a third 
party servicer that specializes in handling these types of loans.   

We  also  purchase  the  guaranteed  portion  of  United  State  Department  of  Agriculture  Loans  (“USDA”) 
which are guaranteed by the USDA for 100% of the principal and interest.  The originating institution holds 
the  unguaranteed  portion  of  the  loan  and  services  the  loan.    These  loans  are  typically  purchased  at  a 
premium.  In the event of a loan default or early prepayment the Bank may need to write off any unamortized 
premium. These loans are included in the commercial and industrial loan segment.   

61 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Allowance for loan losses 

The allowance for loan losses is established as losses are estimated to have occurred through a provision 
for  loan  losses  charged  to  earnings.    Loan  losses  are  charged  against  the  allowance  when  management 
believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is probable.  Subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the 
allowance.  

The allowance represents an amount that, in management’s judgment, will be adequate to absorb probable 
losses inherent in the loan portfolio.  Management’s judgment in determining the adequacy of the allowance 
is based on evaluations of the collectability of loans while taking into consideration such factors as changes 
in the nature and volume of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions which may affect a borrower’s 
ability  to  repay,  overall  portfolio  quality,  and  review  of  specific  potential  losses.    This  evaluation  is 
inherently subjective, as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information 
becomes available.  

The allowance consists of general and specific components.  The general component covers non-classified 
loans and is based on historical loss experience and risk characteristics (i.e. trends in delinquencies and 
other nonperforming loans, changes in economic conditions on both a local and national level, and changes 
in  the  categories  of  loans  comprising  the  loan  portfolio)  adjusted  for  qualitative  factors.    The  specific 
component relates to loans that we have concluded, based on the value of collateral, guarantees and any 
other pertinent factors, have known losses.  For such loans that are also classified as impaired, an allowance 
is  established  when  the  discounted  cash  flows  (or  collateral  value  or  observable  market  price)  of  the 
impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan.  An unallocated component is maintained to 
cover uncertainties that could affect management’s estimate of probable losses. The unallocated component 
of  the  allowance  reflects  the  margin  of  imprecision  inherent  in  the  underlying  assumptions  used  in  the 
methodologies for estimating specific and general losses in the portfolio.  

A  loan  is  considered  impaired  when,  based  on  current  information  and  events,  it  is  probable  that  the 
Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to 
the contractual terms of the loan agreement.  Factors considered by management in determining impairment 
include payment status, collateral value, and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest 
payments when due.  Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment shortfalls generally 
are not classified as impaired.  Management determines the significance of payment delays and payment 
shortfalls on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan 
and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment 
record,  and  the  amount  of  the  shortfall  in  relation  to  the  principal  and  interest  owed.    Impairment  is 
measured on a loan by loan basis by either the present value of the expected future cash flows discounted 
at the loan’s effective interest rate, the loan’s obtainable market price, or the fair value of the collateral if 
the loan is collateral dependent.   

Troubled debt restructurings 

A loan or lease is accounted for as a TDR if we, for economic or legal reasons related to the borrower’s 
financial condition, grant a significant concession to the borrower that we would not otherwise consider.   
A TDR may involve the receipt of assets from the debtor in partial or full satisfaction of the loan or lease, 
or a modification of terms such as a reduction of the stated interest rate or balance of the loan or lease, a 
reduction of accrued interest, an extension of the maturity date at a stated interest rate lower than the current 
market rate for a new loan with similar risk, or some combination of these concessions.  TDRs generally 
remain  categorized  as  nonperforming  loans  and  leases  until  a  six-month  payment  history  has  been 
maintained. 

In  accordance  with  current  accounting  guidance,  loans  modified  as  troubled  debt  restructurings  are,  by 
definition, considered to be impaired loans.  Impairment for these loans is measured on a loan-by-loan basis 
similar  to  other  impaired  loans  as  described  above  under  “Allowance  for  loan  losses”.   Certain  loans 
modified  as  TDRs  may  have  been  previously  measured  for  impairment  under  a  general  allowance 
62 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
methodology (i.e., pooling), thus at the time the loan is modified as a TDR the allowance will be impacted 
by the difference between the results of these two measurement methodologies.  Loans modified as TDRs 
that subsequently default are factored into the determination of the allowance in the same manner as other 
defaulted loans. 

Loan modifications made under the March 22 Joint Guidance and CARES Act, as amended by the CAA, 
were suspended from TDR evaluation.  

Other real estate owned 

Real  estate  acquired  through  or  in  lieu  of  foreclosure  is  initially  recorded  at  estimated  fair  value  less 
estimated selling costs establishing a new cost basis.  Subsequent to the date of acquisition, it is carried at 
the lower of cost or fair value, adjusted for net selling costs.  If fair value declines subsequent to foreclosure 
a  valuation  allowance  is  recorded  through  expense.    Operating  costs  after  acquisition  are  expensed  as 
incurred.  The valuation allowance was $10,000 and $52,000 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  
Costs  relating  to  the  development  and  improvement  of  such  property  are  capitalized  when  appropriate, 
whereas those costs relating to holding the property are expensed. 

Assets held for sale 

There were no assets held for sale at December 31, 2020. Assets held for sale at December 31, 2019 included 
a branch building we previously closed.  The Company periodically evaluates the value of assets held for 
sale and records an impairment charge for any subsequent declines in fair value less selling costs. 

Premises and equipment 

Land  is  carried  at  cost.    Premises  and  equipment  are  carried  at  cost  less  accumulated  depreciation  and 
amortization.  Depreciation of buildings and improvements is computed using the straight-line method over 
the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets  of  39  years.    Depreciation  of  equipment  is  computed  using  the 
straight-line  method  over  the  estimated  useful  lives  of  the  assets  ranging  from  three  to  seven  years.  
Amortization of premises (leasehold improvements) is computed using the straight-line method over the 
term of the lease or estimated lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan 

The Company recognizes the unfunded status of its Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the “SERP”) 
as  a  liability  in  its  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  measured  at  the  projected  benefit  obligation  as  of 
December 31, 2020 and 2019.  Net periodic pension costs are recorded each period based on actuarially 
determined amounts in accordance with GAAP and recognized in salaries and employment benefits in the 
Consolidated Statements of Income. Actuarial determinations of net periodic pension cost are based on 
assumptions related to discount rates, employee compensation and mortality and interest crediting rates. 
Other changes in the status of the plan are recorded in the year in which the changes occur through other 
comprehensive income.   

Income taxes 

Deferred income taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of “temporary differences” by applying 
enacted tax rates applicable to future years to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts 
and the tax bases of existing assets and liabilities.  The effect on recorded deferred income taxes of a change 
in tax laws or rates is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.  To the extent 
that available evidence about the future raises doubt about the realization of a deferred income tax asset, a 
valuation allowance is established.  A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is “more likely than 
not” that the tax position would be sustained in a tax examination, with a tax examination being presumed 
to occur.  The amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of 
being realized on examination.  For tax positions not meeting the “more likely than not” test, no tax benefit 
63 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
is recorded.  Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits are classified as taxes other 
than income in the statement of income.  The Company has no uncertain tax positions. 

Consolidated statements of cash flows 

For  purposes  of  reporting cash  flows,  cash  and cash equivalents include  cash on  hand,  due from  banks 
(including cash items in process of collection), interest-bearing deposits with banks and federal funds sold.  
Generally, federal funds are purchased and sold for one-day periods.  Cash flows from loans originated by 
the Bank for investment and deposits are reported net.  The Company did not pay income taxes in 2020 and 
2019. 

Comprehensive income 

Total comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income.  At December 31, 
2020  and  2019,  the  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  was  comprised  of  unrealized  gains  on 
securities  available for sale  of  $466,000 and  $186,000  and  unfunded  pension  liability  of  ($36,000)  and 
($44,000) net of tax, respectively. 

Earnings per common share 

Basic earnings per common share represent net income available to common shareholders, which represents 
net income less dividends paid or payable to preferred stock shareholders, divided by the weighted-average 
number of common shares outstanding during the period, inclusive of unvested restricted shares (Note 10).  
For diluted earnings per common share, net income available to common shareholders is divided by the 
weighted  average  number  of  common  shares  issued  and  outstanding  for  each  period  plus  amounts 
representing the dilutive effect of stock options, as well as any adjustment to income that would result from 
the assumed issuance.  The effects of stock options and warrants are excluded from the computation of 
diluted earnings per common share in periods in which the effect would be antidilutive.  Stock options and 
warrants are antidilutive if the underlying average market price of the stock that can be purchased for the 
period is less than the exercise price of the option or warrant.  Potential dilutive common shares that may 
be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding stock options and warrants and are determined using 
the treasury stock method. 

Stock incentive plan 

On  May  26,  2015,  the  Company’s  shareholders  approved  the  adoption  of  the  Village  Bank  and  Trust 
Financial Corp. 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”) authorizing the issuance of up to 60,000 shares 
of common stock.  On May 19, 2020, the Company’s shareholders approved an amendment to the 2015 
Plan authorizing the issuance of up to 120,000 shares of common stock.  See Note 14 for more information 
on the 2015 Plan. 

Fair values of financial instruments 

The fair value of an asset or liability is the price that would be received to sell that asset or paid to transfer 
that liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. A fair value measurement assumes that 
the transaction to sell the asset or transfer the liability occurs in the principal market for the asset or liability 
or, in the absence of a principal market, the most advantageous market for the asset or liability. The price 
in the principal (or most advantageous) market used to measure the fair value of the asset or liability (exit 
price)  shall  not  be  adjusted  for  transaction  costs.  An  orderly  transaction  is  a  transaction  that  assumes 
exposure to the market for a period prior to the measurement date to allow for marketing activities that are 
usual  and customary  for  transactions  involving  such assets  and  liabilities;  it is not a forced  transaction. 
Market participants are buyers and sellers in the principal market that are independent, knowledgeable, able 
to transact and willing to transact.  See Note 18 for the methods and assumptions the Bank uses in estimating 
fair values of financial instruments. 

64 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue recognition 

The Company recognizes revenue as it is earned and noted no impact to its revenue recognition policies as 
a result of the adoption of ASU 2014-09. The following discussion is of revenues that are within the scope 
of the new revenue guidance: 

•  Debit and credit interchange fee income - Card processing fees consist of interchange fees from 
consumer debit and credit card networks and other card related services. Interchange fees are based 
on purchase volumes and other factors and are recognized as transactions occur. 

•  Service charges on deposit accounts - Revenue from service charges on deposit accounts is earned 
through deposit-related services, as well as overdraft, non-sufficient funds, account management 
and  other  deposit  related  fees.  Revenue  is  recognized  for  these  services  either  over  time, 
corresponding with deposit accounts’ monthly cycle, or at a point in time for transactional related 
services and fees. 

•  Service charges on loan accounts - Revenue from loan accounts consists primarily of fees earned 
on prepayment penalties. Revenue is recognized for the services at a point in time for transactional 
related services and fees. 

•  Gains/Losses on sale of OREO - The Company records a gain or loss from the sale of OREO when 
control of the property transfers to the buyer, which generally occurs at the time of an executed 
deed. When the Company finances the sale of OREO to the buyer, the Company assesses whether 
the buyer is committed to perform their obligations under the contract and whether collectability 
of the transaction price is probable. Once these criteria are met, the OREO asset is derecognized 
and the gain or loss on sale is recorded upon the transfer of control of the property to the buyer. 
•  Gains/Losses on sale of assets held for sale – The Company records a gain or loss from the sale of 
assets held for sale when control of the property transfers to the buyer, which generally occurs at 
the time of an executed deed. When the Company finances the sale of assets held for sale to the 
buyer, the Company assess whether the buyer is committed to perform their obligations under the 
contract and whether collectability of the transaction price is probably. Once these criteria are met, 
the asset held for sale is derecognized and the gain or loss on sale is recorded upon transfer of 
control of the property to the buyer.  

Segments 

The  Company  has  two  reportable  segments:  traditional  commercial  banking  and  mortgage  banking.  
Revenues from commercial banking operations consist primarily of interest earned on loans and securities 
and fees from deposit services.  Mortgage banking operating revenues consist principally of interest earned 
on mortgage LHFS, gains on sales of loans in the secondary mortgage market, and loan origination fee 
income, net of commissions paid. 

The commercial banking segment provides the mortgage banking segment with the short-term funds needed 
to originate mortgage loans through a warehouse line of credit and charges the mortgage banking segment 
interest based on the commercial banking segment’s cost of funds.  Additionally, the mortgage banking 
segment leases premises from the commercial banking segment.  These transactions are eliminated in the 
consolidation process.  See additional information at Note 19, Segment Reporting. 

Recent accounting pronouncements 

In  June  2016,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2016-13,  “Financial  Instruments—Credit  Losses  (Topic  326): 
Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on  Financial  Instruments.”    The  amendments in this  ASU,  among  other 
things, require the measurement of all expected credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date 
based  on  historical  experience,  current  conditions,  and  reasonable  and  supportable  forecasts.  Financial 
institutions and other organizations will now use forward-looking information to better inform their credit 
loss estimates. Many of the loss estimation techniques applied today will still be permitted, although the 
inputs to those techniques will change to reflect the full amount of expected credit losses. In addition, the 

65 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ASU amends the accounting for credit losses on available-for-sale debt securities and purchased financial 
assets with credit deterioration. The FASB has issued multiple updates to ASU 2016-13 as codified in Topic 
326,  including  ASUs  2019-04,  2019-05,  2019-10,  2019-11,  2020-02,  and  2020-03.    These  ASUs  have 
provided  for  various minor  technical  corrections  and improvements  to  the  codification  as  well  as  other 
transition matters.  Smaller reporting companies who file with the SEC and all other entities who do not 
file with the SEC are required to apply the guidance for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, 
beginning after December 15, 2022.  While the Company is currently evaluating the provisions of ASU 
2016-13  to  determine  the  potential  impact  the  new  standard  will  have  on  the  Company’s  Consolidated 
Financial Statements, it has taken steps to prepare for the implementation when it becomes effective, such 
as  forming  an  internal  task  force,  gathering  pertinent  data,  consulting  with  outside  professionals,  and 
evaluating its current IT systems.  The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2016-13 will 
have on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. 

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820) - Changes to the 
Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement”. ASU 2018-13 modifies the disclosure requirements 
on fair value measurements by requiring that Level 3 fair value disclosures include the range and weighted 
average  of  significant  unobservable  inputs  used  to  develop  those  fair  value  measurements.  For  certain 
unobservable inputs, an entity may disclose other quantitative information in lieu of the weighted average 
if the entity determines that other quantitative information would be a more reasonable and rational method 
to reflect the distribution of unobservable inputs used to develop Level 3 fair value measurements. Certain 
disclosure requirements in Topic 820 were also removed or modified. ASU 2018-13 was effective for the 
Company  on  January  1,  2020.    The  adoption  of  ASU  2018-13  did  not  have  a  material  impact  on  the 
Company’s consolidated financial statements.  

Effective November 25, 2019, the SEC adopted Staff Accounting Bulletin (“SAB”) 119.  SAB 119 updated 
portions  of  SEC interpretative  guidance to  align  with  FASB  ASC  326,  “Financial  Instruments  –  Credit 
Losses.”  It  covers  topics  including  (1)  measuring  current  expected  credit  losses;  (2)  development 
governance, and documentation of systematic methodology; (3) documenting the results of a systematic 
methodology; and (4) validating a systematic methodology. 

In  December  2019,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2019-12,  “Income  Taxes  (Topic  740)  –  Simplifying  the 
Accounting  for  Income  Taxes.”    The  ASU  is  expected  to  reduce  cost  and  complexity  related  to  the 
accounting  for  income  taxes  by  removing  specific  exceptions  to  general  principles  in  Topic  740 
(eliminating the need for an organization to analyze whether certain exceptions apply in a given period) 
and improving financial statement preparers’ application of certain income tax-related guidance. This ASU 
is part of the FASB’s simplification initiative to make narrow-scope simplifications and improvements to 
accounting standards through a series of short-term projects.  For public business entities, the amendments 
are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020, and interim periods within those fiscal 
years.  Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact that ASU 2019-12 will 
have on its consolidated financial statements. 

In  January  2020,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2020-01,  “Investments  –  Equity  Securities  (Topic  321), 
Investments – Equity Method and Joint Ventures (Topic 323), and Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815) – 
Clarifying  the  Interactions  between  Topic  321,  Topic  323,  and  Topic  815.”    The  ASU  is  based  on  a 
consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force and is expected to increase comparability in accounting for 
these transactions.  ASU 2020-01 amends ASU 2016-01, which made targeted improvements to accounting 
for  financial  instruments,  including  providing  an  entity  the  ability  to  measure  certain  equity  securities 
without a readily determinable fair value at cost, less any impairment, plus or minus changes resulting from 
observable price changes in orderly transactions for the identical or a similar investment of the same issuer.  
Among other topics, the amendments in ASU 2020-01 clarify that an entity should consider observable 
transactions  that  require  it  to  either  apply  or  discontinue  the  equity  method  of  accounting.    For  public 
business entities, the amendments in the ASU are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 31, 
2020, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  Early adoption is permitted. The Company does not 
expect the adoption of ASU 2020-01 to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

66 

 
 
 
 
 
 
In March 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-04, “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 848): Facilitation of the 
Effects of Reference Rate Reform on Financial Reporting.” These amendments provide temporary optional 
guidance to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The ASU provides optional 
expedients and exceptions for applying generally accepted accounting principles to contract modifications 
and hedging relationships, subject to meeting certain criteria, that reference LIBOR or another reference 
rate expected to be discontinued. It is intended to help stakeholders during the global market-wide reference 
rate transition period. The guidance is effective for all entities as of March 12, 2020 through December 31, 
2022. Subsequently, in January 20201, the FASB issued ASU 2021-01 “Reference Rate Reform (Topic 
848): Scope.”  This ASU clarifies that certain optional expedients and exceptions in Topic 848 for 
contract  modifications  and  hedge  accounting  apply  to  derivatives  that  are  affected  by  the 
discounting  transition.  The  ASU  also  amends  the  expedients  and  exceptions  in  Topic  848  to 
capture the incremental consequences of the scope clarification and to tailor the existing guidance 
to derivative instruments affected by the discounting transition. An entity may elect to apply ASU 
No.  2021-01  on  contract  modifications  that  change  the  interest  rate  used  for  margining, 
discounting, or contract price alignment retrospectively as of any date from the beginning of the 
interim period that includes March 12, 2020, or prospectively to new modifications from any date 
within the interim period that includes  or is  subsequent  to January  7,  2021, up  to the  date that 
financial statements are available to be issued. An entity may elect to apply ASU No. 2021-01 to 
eligible hedging relationships existing as of the beginning of the interim period that includes March 
12, 2020, and to new eligible hedging relationships entered into after the beginning of the interim 
period that includes March 12, 2020.The Company has a team to assess ASU 2020-04 and its impact on 
the Company’s transition away from LIBOR for its loan and other financial instruments. 

In March 2020 (Revised in April 2020), various regulatory agencies, including the Federal Reserve and the 
FDIC, (“the agencies”) issued an interagency statement on loan modifications and reporting for financial 
institutions  working  with  customers  affected  by  COVID-19.  The  interagency  statement  was  effective 
immediately and impacted accounting for loan modifications. Under ASC 310-40, “Receivables – Troubled 
Debt Restructurings by Creditors,” a restructuring of debt constitutes a TDR if the creditor, for economic 
or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it would 
not otherwise consider. The agencies confirmed with the staff of the FASB that short-term modifications 
made on a good faith basis in response to COVID-19 to borrowers who were current prior to any relief, are 
not  to  be  considered  TDRs.  This  includes  short-term  (e.g.,  six  months)  modifications  such  as  payment 
deferrals, fee waivers, extensions of repayment terms, or other delays in payment that are insignificant. 
Borrowers considered current are those that are less than 30 days past due on their contractual payments at 
the  time  a  modification  program  is  implemented.  In  August  2020,  a  joint  statement  on  additional  loan 
modifications  was  issued.    Among  other  things,  the  Interagency  Statement  addresses  accounting  and 
regulatory reporting  considerations  for  loan  modifications, including  those  accounted for  under  Section 
4013 of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security (“CARES”) Act.  The CARES Act was signed 
into law on March 27, 2020 to help support individuals and businesses through loans, grants, tax changes 
and  other  types  of  relief.    The  most  significant  impacts  of  the  Act  related  to  accounting  for  loan 
modifications and establishment of the Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”).  On December 21, 2020, the 
Consolidated Appropriates Act of 2021 (“CAA”) was passed.  The CAA extends or modifies many of the 
relief  programs  first  created  by  the  CARES  Act,  including  the  PPP  and  treatment  of  certain  loan 
modifications related to the COVID-19 pandemic.  As of December 31 2020, the Company had a total of 
$3,259,000 in loans past due greater than 30 days all of which were rehabilitated student loans which have 
a 98% guarantee by the DOE of principal and interest. For more financial data and other information about 
loan deferrals refer to section, “Response to COVID-19” under Item 2 – “Management’s Discussion and 
Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”. This interagency guidance is expected to have 
an impact on the Company’s financial statements; however, this impact cannot be quantified at this time. 

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06 “Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 
470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting 
for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity.” The ASU simplifies accounting for 
convertible  instruments  by  removing  major  separation  models  required  under  current  GAAP. 
67 

 
 
 
Consequently, more convertible debt instruments will be reported as a single liability instrument and more 
convertible  preferred  stock  as  a  single  equity  instrument  with  no  separate  accounting  for  embedded 
conversion features. The ASU removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts 
to qualify for the derivative scope exception, which will permit more equity contracts to qualify for it. The 
ASU also simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. In addition, the amendment 
updates the disclosure requirements for convertible instruments to increase the information transparency. 
For  public  business  entities,  excluding  smaller  reporting  companies,  the  amendments  in  the  ASU  are 
effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  
For all other entities, including the Company, the standard will be effective for fiscal years beginning after 
December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years. Early adoption is permitted. The 
Company  does  not  expect  the  adoption  of  ASU  2020-06  to  have  a  material  impact  on  its  consolidated 
financial statements. 

In  October  2020,  the  FASB  issued  ASU  2020-08,  “Codification  Improvements  to  Subtopic  310-20, 
Receivables – Nonrefundable fees and Other Costs.” This ASU clarifies that an entity should reevaluate 
whether a callable debt security is within the scope of ASC paragraph 310-20-35-33 for each reporting 
period.  For  public  business  entities, the  ASU is  effective  for fiscal  years beginning  after  December 15, 
2021, and interim periods within those fiscal years.  Early adoption is not permitted. All entities should 
apply ASU No. 2020-08 on a prospective basis as of the beginning of the period of adoption for existing or 
newly purchased callable debt securities. The Company does not expect the adoption of ASU 2020-08 to 
have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements. 

Note 2. Investment Securities Available for Sale 

The amortized cost and fair value of investment securities available for sale as of December 31, 2020 and 
2019 are as follows (in thousands): 

December 31, 2020 

U.S. Government agency obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Subordinated debt 

December 31, 2019 

U.S. Government agency obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Subordinated debt 

Gross 

Gross 

  Amortized 

Cost 

  Unrealized 

Gains 

  Unrealized 

Losses 

  Fair Value 

   $      8,048  
         23,412  
          8,795  

  $    40,255  

   $    14,797  
         25,124  
          6,779  

 $          94  
           645  
             37  

 $            -  
           (51) 
         (136) 

 $      8,142  
       24,006  
        8,696  

 $        776  

 $       (187) 

 $    40,844  

 $          57  
           204  
             91  

 $          (9) 
           (26) 
           (80) 

 $    14,845  
       25,302  
        6,790  

 $    46,700  

 $        352  

 $       (115) 

 $    46,937  

At  December  31,  2020  and  December  31,  2019,  the  Company  had  no  investment  securities  pledged  to 
secure borrowings from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta (“FHLB”).   

Gross realized gains and losses pertaining to available for sale securities are detailed as follows for the years 
ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands): 

Gross realized gains 
Gross realized losses 

December 31, 

2020 
 $             54  
               (42) 

2019 
 $            101  
                  -  

 $             12  

 $            101  

68 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Company sold approximately $8,000,000 and $6,500,000 in 2020 and 2019, respectively, of investment 
securities available for sale at a gain of $12,000 in 2020 and $101,000 in 2019.  The sales of these securities, 
which  had  fixed  interest  rates,  allowed  the  Company  to  decrease  its  exposure  to  upward  movement  in 
interest rates that would result in unrealized losses being recognized in shareholders’ equity. 

Investment  securities  available  for  sale  that  had  an  unrealized  loss  position  at  December  31,  2020  and 
December 31, 2019 are detailed below (in thousands): 

Securities in a loss 
position for less than 
12 Months 

Securities in a loss 
position for more than 
12 Months 

Total 

Fair  
Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair  
Value 

Unrealized 
Losses 

Fair  
Value 

Unrealized  
Losses 

        5,475  
        1,747  

           (51) 
           (11) 

               -  
        2,807  

               -  
         (125) 

        5,475  
        4,554  

           (51) 
         (136) 

 $      7,222  

 $        (62) 

 $      2,807  

 $       (125) 

 $    10,029  

 $       (187) 

December 31, 2020 

Mortgage-backed securities 
Subordinated debt 

December 31, 2019 

U.S. Government agency obligations 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Subordinated debt 

 $      2,001  
        2,747  
           759  

 $          (1) 
           (26) 
             (6) 

 $      5,368  
               -  
           940  

 $          (8) 
               -  
           (74) 

 $      7,369  
        2,747  
        1,699  

 $          (9) 
           (26) 
           (80) 

 $      5,507  

 $        (33) 

 $      6,308  

 $        (82) 

 $    11,815  

 $       (115) 

As of December 31, 2020, there were $2.8 million, or five issues, of individual available for sale securities 
that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months.  These securities had an unrealized 
loss of $125,000 and consisted of Subordinated debt.   

As of December 31, 2019, there were $6.3 million, or 10 issues, of individual available for sale securities 
that had been in a continuous loss position for more than 12 months.  These securities had an unrealized 
loss of $82,000 and consisted of U.S. Government agency obligations, and subordinated debt. 

All  of the  unrealized losses  are  attributable to increases in interest  rates  and  not  to  credit  deterioration. 
Currently, the Company believes that it is probable that the Company will be able to collect all amounts 
due according to the contractual terms of the investments. Because the declines in fair value are attributable 
to changes in interest rates and not to credit quality, and because it is not more likely than not that the 
Company will be required to sell the investments before recovery of their amortized cost bases, which may 
be maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other than temporarily impaired at 
December 31, 2020. 

The amortized cost and estimated fair value of investment securities available for sale as of December 31, 
2020, by contractual maturity, are as follows (in thousands): 

Amortized 
Cost 

Fair Value 

Less than one year 
One to five years 
Five to ten years 
More than ten years 

 $      6,110    $      6,145  
           310  
           315  
       10,524          10,473  
       23,311          23,911  

Total 

 $    40,255    $    40,844  

69 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 3. Loans 

Loans classified by type as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 are as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Construction and land development 

Residential  
Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential, 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

Guaranteed student loans 
Consumer and other  

Total loans 
Deferred fees and costs, net 
Less: allowance for loan losses 

December 31, 2020 
% 
Amount 

December 31, 2019 
% 
Amount 

   $          8,103  
             21,466  
             29,569  

1.44% 
3.82% 
5.26% 

 $          7,887  
           24,063  
           31,950  

1.84% 
5.60% 
7.44% 

             99,784  
           121,184  
               9,889  
                  367  
           231,224  

  17.79% 
  21.60% 
1.75% 
0.07% 
  41.21% 

           98,353  
          116,508  
           13,332  
                156  
          228,349  

  22.91% 
  27.14% 
3.10% 
0.04% 
  53.19% 

             18,394  

3.28% 

           21,509  

5.01% 

            57,089  
            11,097  
             86,580  

  10.18% 
1.98% 
  15.44% 

           55,856  
           10,411  
           87,776  

  13.01% 
2.43% 
  20.45% 

           181,088  
           29,657  
             2,885  

  32.28% 
5.29% 
0.52% 

           45,074  
           33,525  
             2,621  

  10.50% 
7.81% 
0.61% 

  100.0% 

          561,003  
            (2,048) 
            (3,970) 

 $       554,985  

          429,295  
                764  
            (3,186) 

 $       426,873  

  100.0% 

The Bank has a purchased portfolio of rehabilitated student loans guaranteed by the DOE.  The guarantee 
covers approximately 98% of principal and accrued interest.  The loans are serviced by a third-party servicer 
that specializes in handling the special needs of the DOE student loan programs.  

The Bank originated $185,137,000 in loans under the SBA’s Paycheck Protection Program (“PPP”) as of 
December  31,  2020.  These  loans  have  provided  essential  funds  to  approximately  1,500  businesses  and 
nonprofits and protected more than 20,000 jobs in our community. The Bank is participating in the second 
round of PPP funding approved by Congress and signed into law by the President of the United States of 
America on December 27, 2020.  The processing fees earned on the PPP loans will help to support the 
Bank’s loan deferral program and potential credit losses associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. Below 
is a breakdown of PPP loans by loan size as of December 31, 2020 (dollars in thousands): 

Loan Size 
< $350,000 
$350,000 - $2 million 
> $2 million 

       Total 

# of Loans 

$ of Loans 

              1,172    $         72,526  
                  57               41,046  
                    6               23,102  
              1,235    $       136,674  

Loans pledged as collateral with the FHLB as part of their lending arrangements with the Company totaled 
$65,587,000 and $49,736,000 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

70 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  following  is  a  summary  of  loans  directly  or  indirectly  with  executive  officers  or  directors  of  the 
Company for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands): 

2020 

2019 

Beginning balance 
Additions 
Effect of changes in composition of related parties 
Reductions 

 $             5,323  
              11,228  
                (287) 
            (11,592) 

 $             5,201  
               8,751  
                      -  
              (8,629) 

Ending balance 

 $             4,672  

 $             5,323  

Executive  officers  and  directors  also  had  unused  credit  lines  totaling  $1,507,000  and  $2,806,000  at 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  Based on management’s evaluation all loans and credit lines 
to executive officers and directors were made in the ordinary course of business at the Company’s normal 
credit terms, including interest rate and collateralization prevailing at the time for comparable transactions 
with other persons. 

Loans are considered past due if the required principal and interest payments have not been received as of 
the date such payments were due.  Loans are placed on nonaccrual status when, in management’s opinion, 
the borrower may be unable to meet payment obligations as they become due, as well as when required by 
regulatory provisions. When interest accrual is discontinued, all unpaid accrued interest is reversed.  Interest 
income is subsequently recognized only to the extent cash payments are received in excess of principal due.  
Loans are returned to accrual status when all principal and interest amounts contractually due are brought 
current and future payments are reasonably assured. 

The following table provides information on nonaccrual loans segregated by type at the dates indicated 
(dollars in thousands): 

Commercial real estate 
Non-owner occupied 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 
(except those secured by real estate) 

  December 31, 
2020 

  December 31, 
2019 

  $             303  
                303  

 $             497  
                497  

                 300  

                300  

                630  
                317  
              1,247  

                842  
                  63  
              1,205  

                  27  

                166  

Total loans 

 $           1,577  

 $           1,868  

The  Company  assigns  risk  rating  classifications  to  its  loans.    These  risk  ratings  are  divided  into  the 
following groups: 

•  Risk rated 1 to 4 loans are considered of sufficient quality to preclude an adverse rating.  These assets 
generally are well protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the value 
of the asset or underlying collateral; 

•  Risk  rated  5  loans  are  defined  as  having  potential  weaknesses  that  deserve  management’s  close 

attention; 

71 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
•  Risk rated 6 loans are inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the 

obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any; and 

•  Risk rated 7 loans have all the weaknesses inherent in substandard loans, with the added characteristics 
that  the  weaknesses  make  collection  or  liquidation  in  full,  on  the  basis  of  currently  existing  facts, 
conditions and values, highly questionable and improbable. 

The following tables provide information on the risk rating of loans at the dates indicated (in thousands): 

December 31, 2020 
Construction and land development 

Residential  
Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

Guaranteed student loans 
Consumer and other 

Risk Rated 
1-4 

Risk Rated 
5 

Risk Rated 
6 

Risk Rated 
7 

Total  
Loans 

 $              8,103  
               21,370  
               29,473  

 $                     -  
                     96  
                     96  

 $                     -  
                        -  
                        -  

 $                     -  
                        -  
                        -  

 $              8,103  
               21,466  
               29,569  

               88,066  
              116,161  
                 9,889  
                    367  
              214,483  

                 9,405  
                 4,244  
                        -  
                        -  
               13,649  

                 2,313  
                    779  
                        -  
                        -  
                 3,092  

                        -  
                        -  
                        -  
                        -  
                        -  

               99,784  
              121,184  
                 9,889  
                    367  
              231,224  

               17,298  

                    796  

                    300  

                        -  

               18,394  

               53,731  
                 9,425  
               80,454  

                 2,212  
                 1,236  
                 4,244  

                 1,146  
                    436  
                 1,882  

                        -  
                        -  
                        -  

               57,089  
               11,097  
               86,580  

              178,217  
               29,657  
                 2,844  

                 2,602  
                        -  
                     41  

                    269  
                        -  
                        -  

                        -  
                        -  
                        -  

              181,088  
               29,657  
                 2,885  

Total loans 

 $           536,336  

 $             20,632  

 $              5,243  

 $                     -  

 $           561,003  

December 31, 2019 
Construction and land development 

Residential  
Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

Guaranteed student loans 
Consumer and other 

Risk Rated 
1-4 

Risk Rated 
5 

Risk Rated 
6 

Risk Rated 
7 

Total 
Loans 

 $              7,887  
               23,758  
               31,645  

 $                     -  
                        -  
                        -  

 $                     -  
                    305  
                    305  

 $                     -  
                        -  
                        -  

 $              7,887  
               24,063  
               31,950  

               90,146  
              115,781  
               13,186  
                     71  
              219,184  

                 8,072  
                    230  
                    146  
                     85  
                 8,533  

                    135  
                    497  
                        -  
                        -  
                    632  

                        -  
                        -  
                        -  
                        -  
                        -  

               98,353  
              116,508  
               13,332  
                    156  
              228,349  

               20,486  

                    723  

                    300  

                        -  

               21,509  

               53,200  
               10,130  
               83,816  

                 1,660  
                    167  
                 2,550  

                    996  
                    114  
                 1,410  

                        -  
                        -  
                        -  

               55,856  
               10,411  
               87,776  

               41,837  
               33,525  
                 2,621  

                 2,891  
                        -  
                        -  

                    346  
                        -  
                        -  

                        -  
                        -  
                        -  

               45,074  
               33,525  
                 2,621  

Total loans 

 $           412,628  

 $             13,974  

 $              2,693  

 $                     -  

 $           429,295  

72 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables present the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of the dates indicated 
(in thousands): 

December 31, 2020 
Construction and land development 

Residential  
Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

Guaranteed student loans 
Consumer and other 

30-59 Days 
Past Due 

60-89 Days 
Past Due 

Greater  
Than  
90 Days 

Total Past 
Due 

Current 

Total 
Loans 

Recorded  
Investment > 
90 Days and  
Accruing 

 $            -  
               -  
               -  

 $            -  
               -  
               -  

 $       -  
          -  
          -  

 $          -  
             -  
             -  

 $    8,103  
     21,466  
     29,569  

 $    8,103  
     21,466  
     29,569  

 $               -  
                 -  
                 -  

             86  
               -  
               -  
               -  
             86  

               -  
               -  
               -  
               -  
               -  

          -  
          -  
          -  
          -  
          -  

           86  
             -  
             -  
             -  
           86  

     99,698  
   121,184  
       9,889  
         367  
   231,138  

     99,784  
   121,184  
       9,889  
         367  
   231,224  

                 -  
                 -  
                 -  
                 -  
                 -  

               -  

               -  

          -  

             -  

     18,394  

     18,394  

                 -  

           133  
               -  
           133  

             57  
             57  

          -  
          -  
          -  

         133  
           57  
         190  

     56,956  
     11,040  
     86,390  

     57,089  
     11,097  
     86,580  

                 -  
                 -  
                 -  

             25  
        1,428  
              1  

               -  
        1,009  
               -  

          -  
    2,193  
          -  

           25  
      4,630  
            1  

   181,063  
     25,027  
       2,884  

   181,088  
     29,657  
       2,885  

                 -  
           2,193  
                 -  

Total loans 

 $      1,673  

 $      1,066  

 $ 2,193  

 $    4,932  

 $ 556,071  

 $ 561,003  

 $        2,193  

December 31, 2019 
Construction and land development 

Residential  
Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

Guaranteed student loans 
Consumer and other 

30-59 Days 
Past Due 

60-89 Days 
Past Due 

Greater  
Than  
90 Days 

Total Past 
Due 

Current 

Total 
Loans 

Recorded  
Investment > 
90 Days and  
Accruing 

 $            -  
               -  
               -  

 $            -  
               -  
               -  

 $       -  
          -  
          -  

 $          -  
             -  
             -  

 $    7,887  
     24,063  
     31,950  

 $    7,887  
     24,063  
     31,950  

 $               -  
                 -  
                 -  

           701  
               -  
               -  
               -  
           701  

               -  
               -  
               -  
               -  
               -  

          -  
          -  
          -  
          -  
          -  

         701  
             -  
             -  
             -  
         701  

     97,652  
   116,508  
     13,332  
         156  
   227,648  

     98,353  
   116,508  
     13,332  
         156  
   228,349  

                 -  
                 -  
                 -  
                 -  
                 -  

             52  

               -  

          -  

           52  

     21,457  

     21,509  

                 -  

           290  
           133  
           475  

               -  
               -  
               -  

          -  
          -  
          -  

         290  
         133  
         475  

     55,566  
     10,278  
     87,301  

     55,856  
     10,411  
     87,776  

                 -  
                 -  
                 -  

           773  
        1,694  
              4  

               -  
        1,309  
               -  

          -  
    2,567  
          -  

         773  
      5,570  
            4  

     44,301  
     27,955  
       2,617  

     45,074  
     33,525  
       2,621  

                 -  
           2,567  
                 -  

Total loans 

 $      3,647  

 $      1,309  

 $ 2,567  

 $    7,523  

 $ 421,772  

 $ 429,295  

 $        2,567  

Loans greater than 90 days past due consist of student loans that are guaranteed by the DOE which covers 
approximately 98% of the principal and interest.  Accordingly, these loans will not be placed on nonaccrual 
status and are not considered to be impaired. 

Loans are considered impaired when, based on current information and events it is probable the Company 
will  be  unable  to  collect  all  amounts  due  in  accordance  with  the  original  contractual  terms  of  the  loan 
agreement,  including  scheduled  principal  and  interest  payments.    Loans  evaluated  individually  for 
impairment include nonperforming loans, such as loans on nonaccrual, loans past due by 90 days or more, 
TDRs and other loans selected by management.  The evaluations are based upon discounted expected cash 
flows or collateral valuations.  If the evaluation shows that a loan is individually impaired, then a specific 

73 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
reserve is established for the amount of impairment.  Impairment is evaluated in total for smaller-balance 
loans of a similar nature and on an individual loan basis for other loans.  If a loan is impaired, a specific 
valuation  allowance  is  allocated,  if  necessary,  so  that  the  loan  is  reported  net,  at  the  present  value  of 
estimated future cash flows using the loan’s existing rate or at the fair value of collateral if repayment is 
expected solely from the collateral.  Interest payments on impaired loans are typically applied to principal 
unless collectability of the principal amount is reasonably assured, in which case interest is recognized on 
a cash basis.  Impaired loans, or portions thereof, are charged off when deemed uncollectible.  Impaired 
loans are set forth in the following table as of the dates indicated (in thousands): 

With no related allowance recorded 
Construction and land development 

Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

With an allowance recorded 
Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 

Consumer real estate 

Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

Total 
Construction and land development 

Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential, 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

December 31, 2020 
Unpaid 
Principal 
Related  
Balance  Allowance 

Recorded  
Investment 

December 31, 2019 
Unpaid 
Principal 
Related  
Balance  Allowance 

Recorded  
Investment 

 $           -  
              -  

 $        -  
           -  

 $           -  
              -  

 $       337  
          337  

 $    337  
       337  

 $           -  
              -  

        2,780  
        1,991  
        4,771  

    2,795  
    1,991  
    4,786  

              -  
              -  
              -  

        2,089  
        2,304  
        4,393  

    2,104  
    2,304  
    4,408  

              -  
              -  
              -  

          300  

       300  

              -  

          300  

       300  

              -  

        1,937  
          699  
        2,936  

    1,940  
       992  
    3,232  

              -  
              -  
              -  

        1,752  
          752  
        2,804  

    1,774  
       960  
    3,034  

              -  
              -  
              -  

          141  
        7,848  

       141  
    8,159  

              -  
              -  

          211  
        7,745  

       373  
    8,152  

              -  
              -  

        1,125  
        1,125  

    1,125  
    1,125  

             9  
             9  

        1,414  
        1,414  

    1,414  
    1,414  

           15  
           15  

            74  
            74  

        74  
        74  

             8  
             8  

            78  
            78  

        78  
        78  

             9  
             9  

              -  
        1,199  

           -  
    1,199  

              -  
           17  

          135  
        1,627  

       334  
    1,826  

          135  
          159  

              -  
              -  

           -  
           -  

              -  
              -  

          337  
          337  

       337  
       337  

              -  
              -  

        3,905  
        1,991  
        5,896  

    3,920  
    1,991  
    5,911  

             9  
              -  
             9  

        3,503  
        2,304  
        5,807  

    3,518  
    2,304  
    5,822  

           15  
              -  
           15  

          300  

       300  

              -  

          300  

       300  

              -  

        2,011  
          699  
        3,010  

    2,014  
       992  
    3,306  

             8  
              -  
             8  

        1,830  
          752  
        2,882  

    1,852  
       960  
    3,112  

             9  
              -  
             9  

          141  
 $     9,047  

       141  
 $ 9,358  

              -  
 $         17  

          346  
 $     9,372  

       707  
 $ 9,978  

          135  
 $       159  

74 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following is a summary of average recorded investment in impaired loans with and without valuation 
allowance and interest income recognized on those loans for periods indicated (in thousands): 

With no related allowance recorded 
Construction and land development 

Residential 
Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

With an allowance recorded 
Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 

Consumer real estate 

Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

Consumer and other 

Total 
Construction and land development 

Residential 
Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential, 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

Consumer and other 

December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

Average 
Recorded 
Investment 

Interest 
Income 
Recognized 

 $           -  
          221  
          221  

 $            -  
               -  
               -  

 $         81  
          329  
          410  

 $            -  
               -  
               -  

        3,189  
        1,980  
        5,169  

           124  
             89  
           213  

        2,695  
        2,434  
        5,129  

           143  
           128  
           271  

          300  

             23  

          318  

             19  

        2,069  
          802  
        3,171  

             66  
             46  
           135  

        2,280  
          810  
        3,408  

             76  
             40  
           135  

          151  
        8,712  

              1  
           349  

          626  
        9,573  

             17  
           423  

          913  
          913  

               32  
               32  

        1,432  
        1,432  

             43  
             43  

            76  
            26  
          102  

               4  
               -  
               4  

          166  
              -  
          166  

              6  
               -  
              6  

          129  
              -  
        1,144  

               -  
               -  
               36  

          225  
              6  
        1,829  

              1  
               -  
             50  

              -  
          221  
          221  

               -  
               -  
               -  

            81  
          329  
          410  

               -  
               -  
               -  

        4,102  
        1,980  
        6,082  

           156  
             89  
           213  

        4,127  
        2,434  
        6,561  

           186  
           128  
           314  

          300  

             23  

          318  

             19  

        2,145  
          828  
        3,273  

             70  
             46  
           135  

        2,446  
          810  
        3,574  

             82  
             40  
           141  

          280  
              -  
 $     9,856  
75 

               1  
               -  
 $        385  

          851  
              6  
 $   11,402  

             18  
               -  
 $        473  

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  Company  had  impaired  loans  of  $1,577,000  and  $1,868,000, 
respectively, which were on nonaccrual status.  These loans had no valuation allowances as of December 
31,  2020  and  $135,000  as  of  December  31,  2019.    Cumulative  interest  income  that  would  have  been 
recorded had nonaccrual loans been performing would have been $84,000 and $136,000 for 2020 and 2019, 
respectively. 

Included in impaired loans are loans classified as TDRs.  A modification of a loan’s terms constitutes a 
TDR  if  the  creditor  grants  a  concession  to  the  borrower  for  economic  or  legal  reasons  related  to  the 
borrowers financial difficulties that it would not otherwise consider.  For loans classified as impaired TDRs, 
the Company further evaluates the loans as performing or nonaccrual.  To restore a nonaccrual loan that 
has been formally restructured in a TDR to accrual status, we perform a current, well documented credit 
analysis supporting a return to accrual status based on the borrower’s financial condition and prospects for 
repayment under the revised terms.  Otherwise, the TDR must remain in nonaccrual status.  The analysis 
considers the borrower’s sustained historical repayment performance for a reasonable period to the return-
to-accrual date, but may take into account payments made for a reasonable period prior to the restructuring 
if  the  payments  are  consistent  with  the  modified  terms.    A  sustained  period  of  repayment  performance 
generally would be a minimum of six months and would involve payments in the form of cash or cash 
equivalents.   

An  accruing  loan  that  is  modified  in  a  TDR  can  remain  in  accrual  status  if,  based  on  a  current  well-
documented credit analysis, collection of principal and interest in accordance with the modified terms is 
reasonably assured, and the borrower has demonstrated sustained historical repayment performance for a 
reasonable period before modification.  The following is a summary of performing and nonaccrual TDRs 
and  the  related  specific  valuation  allowance  by  portfolio  segment  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019 
(dollars in thousands). 

December 31, 2020 
Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Consumer real estate 

Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deeds of trust 
Second deeds of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

Specific 
Valuation 
Performing  Nonaccrual  Allowance 

Total 

 $      3,396  
         1,991  
         5,387  

 $      3,396  
         1,688  
         5,084  

 $            -  
           303  
           303  

 $            -  
               -  
               -  

         1,460  
           617  
         2,077  

           910  
           556  
         1,466  

           550  
             61  
           611  

               9  
          8  
             17  

             27  
 $      7,491  

               -  
 $      6,550  

             27  
 $        941  

               -  
 $          17  

Number of loans 

             34  

             27  

               7  

               2  

76 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
December 31, 2019 
Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 

Consumer real estate 

Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deeds of trust 
Second deeds of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans 

(except those secured by real estate) 

Specific 
Valuation 
Performing  Nonaccrual  Allowance 

Total 

 $      3,502  
         2,304  
         5,806  

 $      3,502  
         1,807  
         5,309  

 $            -  
           497  
           497  

 $          15  
               -  
             15  

         1,641  
           752  
         2,393  

           881  
           689  
         1,570  

           760  
             63  
           823  

               9  
               -  
               9  

           211  
 $      8,410  

           180  
 $      7,059  

             31  
 $      1,351  

               -  
 $          24  

Number of loans 

             38  

             29  

               9  

               3  

The following table provides information about TDRs identified during the indicated periods (dollars in 
thousands). 

December 31, 2020 
Pre- 

Post- 

Modification  Modification 

December 31, 2019 
Pre- 

Post- 

Modification  Modification 

Number of 
Loans 

Recorded 
Balance 

Recorded 
Balance 

  Number of 
Loans 

Recorded 
Balance 

Recorded 
Balance 

Commercial real estate 
Non-owner occupied 

             1  

 $         311  

 $         311  

             1  

 $         515  

 $         515  

             1  

 $         311  

 $         311  

             1  

 $         515  

 $         515  

There  were  no  defaults  on  TDRs  that  were  modified  as  TDRs  during  the  twelve  month  periods  ended 
December 31, 2020 and 2019.   

The CARES Act, as amended by the CAA, permits financial institutions to suspend requirements under 
GAAP for loan modifications to borrowers affected by COVID-19 that would otherwise be characterized 
as TDRs and suspend any determination related thereto if (i) the loan modification is made between March 
1, 2020 and the earlier of January 1, 2022 or 60 days after the end of the COVID-19 emergency declaration 
and (ii) the applicable loan was not more than 30 days past due as of December 31, 2019. In addition, 
federal bank regulatory authorities have issued guidance to encourage financial institutions to make loan 
modifications for borrowers affected by COVID-19 and have assured financial institutions that they will 
neither receive supervisory criticism for such prudent loan modifications, nor be required by examiners to 
automatically categorize COVID-19-related loan modifications as TDRs. As of December 31, 2020, the 
Company  had  approximately  $38.0  million  in  loans  still  under  their  modified  terms.  The  Company’s 
modification program primarily included payment deferrals and interest only modifications. 

77 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 4. Allowance for Loan Losses 

Activity in the allowance for loan losses was as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2020 
Construction and land development 

Residential  
Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans  

(except those secured by real estate) 

Student loans 
Consumer and other 
Unallocated 

Year Ended December 31, 2019 
Construction and land development 

Residential  
Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans  

(except those secured by real estate) 

Student loans 
Consumer and other 
Unallocated 

Beginning 
Balance 

Provision for 
(Recovery of) 
Ending 
Loan Losses  Charge-offs  Recoveries  Balance 

 $       48  
        137  
        185  

 $            141  
               148  
               289  

 $             -  
                -  
                -  

 $         25  
              -  
            25  

 $   214  
      285  
      499  

        671  
        831  
          85  
            2  
      1,589  

               376  
               590  
               (38) 
                   -  
               928  

                -  
                -  
                -  
                -  
                -  

              -  
              -  
              -  
              -  
              -  

   1,047  
   1,421  
        47  
         2  
   2,517  

        271  

             (247) 

                -  

              -  

        24  

        343  
          64  
        678  

             (190) 
                45  
             (392) 

                -  
            (85) 
            (85) 

            13  
            55  
            68  

      166  
        79  
      269  

        572  
        108  
          30  
          24  

               (58) 
                27  
                26  
               130  

          (135) 
            (48) 
            (24) 
                -  

            29  
              -  
              4  
              -  

      408  
        87  
        36  
      154  

 $   3,186  

 $            950  

 $       (292) 

 $        126  

 $ 3,970  

Beginning 
Balance 

Provision for 
(Recovery of) 
Ending 
Loan Losses  Charge-offs  Recoveries  Balance 

 $       42  
        220  
        262  

 $              (1) 
               (85) 
               (86) 

 $             -  
                -  
                -  

 $           7  
              2  
              9  

 $     48  
      137  
      185  

        673  
        673  
          87  
            2  
      1,435  

                 (2) 
               158  
                 (2) 
                   -  
               154  

                -  
                -  
                -  
                -  
                -  

              -  
              -  
              -  
              -  
              -  

      671  
      831  
        85  
         2  
   1,589  

        244  

                50  

            (35) 

            12  

      271  

        385  
          51  
        680  

               (56) 
               (56) 
               (62) 

                -  
                -  
            (35) 

            14  
            69  
            95  

      343  
        64  
      678  

        308  
        121  
          34  
        211  

               239  
                80  
                 (3) 
             (187) 

            (64) 
            (93) 
            (26) 
                -  

            89  
              -  
            25  
              -  

      572  
      108  
        30  
        24  

 $   3,051  

 $            135  

 $       (218) 

 $        218  

 $ 3,186  

78 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  amount  of  the  loan  loss  provision  (recovery)  is  determined  by  an  evaluation  of  the  level  of  loans 
outstanding,  the  level  of  nonperforming  loans,  historical  loan  loss  experience,  delinquency  trends, 
underlying  collateral  values,  the  amount  of  actual  losses  charged  to  the  reserve  in  a  given  period  and 
assessment of present and anticipated economic conditions. Loans originated under PPP are not considered 
in the evaluation of the allowance for loan losses because these loans carry a 100% guarantee from the 
SBA; however, if the collectability on the guarantee on a loan is at risk that loan will be included in the 
evaluation of the allowance for loan losses.   

The level of the allowance reflects changes in the size of the portfolio or in any of its components as well 
as management’s continuing evaluation of industry concentrations, specific credit risk, loan loss experience, 
current loan portfolio quality, and present economic, political and regulatory conditions.  Portions of the 
allowance may be allocated for specific credits; however, the entire allowance is available for any credit 
that, in management’s judgement, should be charged off.  While management utilizes its best judgement 
and information available, the ultimate adequacy of the allowance is dependent upon a variety of factors 
beyond the Company’s control, including the performance of the Company’s loan portfolio, the economy, 
changes in interest rates and the view of the regulatory authorities toward loan classifications.  

The Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $950,000 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The 
provision for loan losses was driven primarily by an increase in the qualitative factors as a result of the 
continued  economic  uncertainty  surrounding  COVID-19.  The  increase  in  the  qualitative  factors  due  to 
COVID-19  were  a  result  of  deterioration  in  local  economic  factors  such  as  the  higher  levels  of 
unemployment  and  the  increased  credit  risk  due  to  loan  payment  deferrals  under  the  CARES  Act.  The 
Company believes the current level of allowance for loan loss reserves are adequate to cover incurred losses. 
However, the full economic impact of the COVID-19 pandemic is currently unknown and the Company 
must continue to monitor our loan portfolio for loss indicators which may require further provisions for 
loan losses. The Company recorded a provision for loan losses of $135,000 for the year ended December 
31, 2019 because of an increase in the specific reserves associated with a relationship evaluated individually 
for impairment.  

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  at  each  of  the  periods  presented  includes  an  amount  that  could  not  be 
identified to individual types of loans referred to as the unallocated portion of the allowance.  We recognize 
the inherent imprecision in estimates of losses due to various uncertainties and the variability related to the 
factors used in calculation of the allowance. The allowance for loan losses included an unallocated portion 
of approximately $154,000 and $24,000 at December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2019, respectively.  

79 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Loans were evaluated for impairment as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2020 
Construction and land development 

Residential  
Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans  

(except those secured by real estate) 

Student loans 
Consumer and other 

Year Ended December 31, 2019 
Construction and land development 

Residential  
Commercial 

Commercial real estate 
Owner occupied 
Non-owner occupied 
Multifamily 
Farmland 

Consumer real estate 
Home equity lines 
Secured by 1-4 family residential 

First deed of trust 
Second deed of trust 

Commercial and industrial loans  

(except those secured by real estate) 

Student loans 
Consumer and other 

Recorded Investment in Loans 

Allowance 

Loans 

Ending 
Balance 

 $        214  
           285  
           499  

        1,047  
        1,421  
             47  
              2  
        2,517  

Individually 

Collectively 

 $            -  
              -  
              -  

 $        214  
           285  
           499  

              9  
              -  
              -  
              -  
              9  

        1,038  
        1,421  
             47  
              2  
        2,508  

Ending  
Balance 

 $      8,103  
       21,466  
       29,569  

       99,784  
     121,184  
        9,889  
           367  
     231,224  

Individually 

Collectively 

 $            -  
               -  
               -  

 $      8,103  
       21,466  
       29,569  

        3,905  
        1,991  
               -  
               -  
        5,896  

       95,879  
     119,193  
        9,889  
           367  
     225,328  

             24  

              -  

             24  

       18,394  

           300  

       18,094  

           166  
             79  
           269  

           408  
             87  
           190  
 $      3,970  

 $          48  
           137  
           185  

           671  
           831  
             85  
              2  
        1,589  

              8  
              -  
              8  

              -  
              -  
              -  
 $         17  

           158  
             79  
           261  

           408  
             87  
           190  
 $      3,953  

       57,089  
       11,097  
       86,580  

        2,011  
           699  
        3,010  

       55,078  
       10,398  
       83,570  

     181,088  
       29,657  
        2,885  
 $  561,003  

           141  
               -  
               -  
 $      9,047  

     180,947  
       29,657  
        2,885  
 $  551,956  

 $            -  
              -  
              -  

 $          48  
           137  
           185  

 $      7,887  
       24,063  
       31,950  

 $            -  
           337  
           337  

 $      7,887  
       23,726  
       31,613  

            15  
              -  
              -  
              -  
            15  

           656  
           831  
             85  
              2  
        1,574  

       98,353  
     116,508  
       13,332  
           156  
     228,349  

        3,503  
        2,304  
               -  
               -  
        5,807  

       94,850  
     114,204  
       13,332  
           156  
     222,542  

           271  

              -  

           271  

       21,509  

           300  

       21,209  

           343  
             64  
           678  

              9  
              -  
              9  

           334  
             64  
           669  

       55,856  
       10,411  
       87,776  

        1,830  
           752  
        2,882  

       54,026  
        9,659  
       84,894  

           572  
           108  
             54  
 $      3,186  

          135  
              -  
              -  
 $        159  

           437  
           108  
             54  
 $      3,027  

       45,074  
       33,525  
        2,621  
 $  429,295  

           346  
               -  
               -  
 $      9,372  

       44,728  
       33,525  
        2,621  
 $  419,923  

80 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 5. Premises and Equipment 

The following is a summary of premises and equipment as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands): 

2020 

2019 

Land 
Buildings and improvements 
Furniture, fixtures and equipment 
Total premises and equipment 
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization 

 $               4,352  
                10,796  
                  7,614  
                22,762  
              (10,983) 

 $               4,352  
                10,601  
                  7,479  
                22,432  
              (10,396) 

Premises and equipment, net 

 $             11,779  

 $             12,036  

Depreciation and amortization of premises and equipment for 2020 and 2019 amounted to $586,000 and 
$644,000, respectively. 

Note 6. Investment in Bank Owned Life Insurance 

The Bank is owner and designated beneficiary on life insurance policies in the aggregate face amount of 
$13,730,000 covering certain of its directors and executive officers.  The earnings from these policies are 
used to offset expenses related to retirement plans.  The cash surrender value of these policies at December 
31, 2020 and 2019 was approximately $7,806,000 and $7,612,000, respectively. 

Note 7. Deposits 

Deposits as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 were as follows (dollars in thousands): 

December 31, 2020 
% 
Amount 

December 31, 2019 
% 
Amount 

Demand accounts 
Interest checking accounts 
Money market accounts 
Savings accounts 
Time deposits of $250,000 and over 
Other time deposits 

 $       222,305   37.8% 
            70,342   11.9% 
          152,726   26.0% 
6.5% 
            38,083  
            16,014  
2.7% 
            88,912   15.1% 

 $       131,228   29.6% 
            48,427   10.9% 
            99,955   22.6% 
6.0% 
            26,396  
            22,327  
5.0% 
          114,875   25.9% 

Total 

 $       588,382   100.0% 

 $       443,208   100.0% 

The following are the scheduled maturities of time deposits as of December 31, 2020 (in thousands): 

Year Ending 
December 31, 

Less Than 
$250,000  

Greater Than 
or Equal to 
$250,000  

Total 

2021 
2022 
2023 
2024 
2025 

 $       64,064  
          15,583  
            5,786  
            1,338  
            2,141  

 $       11,349  
            4,403  
            262  
                  -  
                  -  

 $       75,413  
          19,986  
            6,048  
            1,338  
            2,141  

Total 

 $       88,912  

 $       16,014  

 $      104,926  

81 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits  held  at  the  Company  by  related  parties,  which  include  officers,  directors,  greater  than  5% 
shareholders  and  companies  in  which  directors  of  the  board  have  a  significant  ownership  interest, 
approximated $14,159,000 and $15,067,000 at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

Note 8. Borrowings 

The  Company  uses  both  short-term  and  long-term  borrowings  to  supplement  deposits  when  they  are 
available at a lower overall cost to the Company or they can be invested at a positive rate of return. 

As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Atlanta, the Bank is required to own capital stock in the 
FHLB and is authorized to apply for advances from the FHLB.  The Company held $484,000 in FHLB 
stock at December 31, 2020 and $1,694,000 at December 31, 2019, which is held at cost.  Each FHLB 
credit program has its own interest rate, which may be fixed or variable, and range of maturities.  The FHLB 
may prescribe the acceptable uses to which the advances may be put, as well as on the size of the advances 
and repayment provisions.  FHLB borrowings are secured by the pledge of commercial loans and 1-4 family 
residential loans.  The Company had no outstanding FHLB advances at December 31, 2020. The Company 
prepaid all of its outstanding FHLB advances during year ended December 31, 2020, which resulted in the 
recognition  of  $696,000  in  in  prepayment  fees.  The  Company  had  FHLB  advances  of  $29,000,000  at 
December 31, 2019 maturing through 2023. 

Through  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank,  the  Company  can  borrow  funds  through  the  Payment  Protection 
Program Liquidity Fund (“PPPLF”) which are secured by the Company’s PPP loans. As of December 31, 
2020, the Company had $41.5 million in outstanding advances under the PPPLF. The Company’s available 
borrowing capacity under the PPPLF as of December 31, 2020 was $95.2 million.  

The Company had advances from the FHLB for the periods indicated that consisted of the following (dollars 
in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2019 

Type 

Maturity 
Date 

Interest 
Rate 

Advance 
Amount 

June 29, 2020 
June 28, 2021 
July 6, 2020 

1.780% 
 Variable  
2.854% 
 Fixed Rate  
 Fixed Rate   
2.770% 
 Fixed Rate   September 27, 2021  3.102% 
 Fixed Rate   September 25, 2023  3.212% 
 Fixed Rate   November 15, 2021  3.149% 
 Fixed Rate   December 11, 2023  3.289% 

 $         8,000  
          3,000  
           5,000  
           2,000  
           2,000  
           6,500  
           2,500  

 $       29,000  

The Company uses federal funds purchased and repurchase agreements for short-term borrowing needs.  
Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are classified as borrowings and generally mature within 
one to four days from the transaction date.  Securities sold under agreements to repurchase are reflected at 
the amount of cash received in connection with the transaction.  The Company may be required to provide 
additional collateral based on the fair value of the underlying securities.  There were no borrowings against 
the  lines  at  December  31,  2020.  The  carrying  value  of  these  short  term  borrowing  agreements  was 
$5,317,000 at December 31, 2019. 

The Company’s unused lines of credit for future borrowings total approximately $93.1 million at December 
31, 2020, which consists of $50.3 million available from the FHLB, $10 million on revolving bank line of 
credit,  $7.8  million  under  secured  federal  funds  agreements  with  third  party  financial  institutions,  $25 
million in repurchase lines of credit with third party financial institutions.  Additional loans and securities 

82 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
are available  that can  be  pledged  as  collateral  for future  borrowings  from  the  Federal  Reserve  Bank  of 
Richmond or the FHLB above the current lendable collateral value. 

Information related to borrowings as of December 31, 2020 and 2019 is as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Balance outstanding at end of year 
Maximum outstanding during the year 

Federal Funds Purchased 
FHLB advances 
PPPLF 

Balance outstanding at end of year 

Federal Funds Purchased 
FHLB advances 
PPPLF 

Average amount outstanding during the year 

Federal Funds Purchased 
FHLB advances 
PPPLF 

Average interest rate during the year 

Federal Funds Purchased 
FHLB advances 
PPPLF 

Average interest rate at end of year 

Federal Funds Purchased 
FHLB advances 
PPPLF 

 $       4,559    $       6,594  
        51,000           31,000  
        45,120                    -  

          5,317  
                 -  
                 -  
        29,000  
        41,529                    -  

              91  
             456  
        27,785           22,693  
        28,857                    -  

1.65% 
2.17% 
0.35% 

0.00% 
0.00% 
0.35% 

2.32% 
3.05% 
0.00% 

2.54% 
2.69% 
0.00% 

Note 9. Income Taxes 

The following summarizes the tax effects of temporary differences that comprise deferred tax assets and 
liabilities at December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands): 

Deferred tax assets 

Net operating loss carryforward 
Capital loss carryforward 
State net operating loss carryforward 
AMT credit 
Allowance for loan losses 
Deferred Cost, net of fees 
Interest on nonaccrual loans 
Expenses and writedowns related to foreclosed 

property 

Stock compensation 
Employee benefits 
Pension expense 
Depreciation 
Other, net 

2020 

2019 

 $          217    $       2,995  
              25  
              25  
              97  
                 -  
                 -  
              11  
             834                669  
                 -  
             430  
              29  
              18  

              97  
              66  
              34  
              10  
             794                792  
                3  
                8  
              31                134  
              11  
              29  

Total deferred tax assets 

          2,481             4,878  

Deferred tax liabilities 

83 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Unrealized gain on available for sale securities 

             124  

              50  

Total deferred tax liabilities 

             124  

              50  

Net deferred tax asset 

 $       2,357    $       4,828  

The net deferred tax asset is included in other assets on the consolidated balance sheet.  ASC Topic 740, 
Income Taxes, requires that companies assess whether a valuation allowance should be established against 
their deferred tax assets based on the consideration of all available evidence using a “more likely than not” 
standard.  Management considers both positive and negative evidence and analyzes changes in near-term 
market  conditions  as  well  as  other  factors  which  may  impact  future  operating  results.  In  making  such 
judgments, significant weight is given to evidence that can be objectively verified. The deferred tax assets 
are analyzed quarterly for changes affecting realization.  

In assessing the Company’s ability to realize its net deferred tax asset, management considers whether it is 
more likely than not that some portion or all of the net deferred tax asset will or will not be realized.  The 
Company’s ultimate realization of the net deferred tax asset is dependent upon the generation of future 
taxable  income  during  the  periods  in  which  temporary  differences  become  deductible.   Management 
considers the nature and amount of historical and projected future taxable income, the scheduled reversal 
of deferred tax assets and liabilities, and available tax planning strategies in making this assessment.  The 
amount of net deferred taxes recognized could be impacted by changes to any of these variables. 

Each quarter, the Company weighs both the positive and negative information with respect to realization 
of the net deferred tax asset and analyzes its position as to whether or not a valuation allowance is required. 

Given the consistent earnings and stable asset quality, the Company’s analysis concluded that, it is more 
likely than not that the Company will generate sufficient taxable income within the applicable carry-forward 
periods to realize its net deferred tax asset.  

The net operating losses available to offset future taxable income amounted to $1,031,000 at December 31, 
2020 and will begin expiring in 2028.   

The income tax expense charged to operations for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 consists 
of the following (in thousands): 

2020 

2019 

Current tax expense (benefit) 
Deferred tax expense 

 $            92    $          (33) 
          1,197  
          2,393  

Provision for income taxes 

 $       2,485  

 $       1,164  

A reconciliation of income taxes computed at the federal statutory income tax rate to total income taxes is 
as follows for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (in thousands): 

2020 

2019 

Net income before income taxes 

 $      11,039  

 $       5,641  

Computed "expected" tax expense  
State taxes, net of fed 
Cash surrender value of life insurance 
Other 

 $       2,318  
             201  
             (41) 
                7  

 $       1,185  
              15  
             (37) 
                1  

84 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
Provision for income taxes 

 $       2,485  

 $       1,164  

Commercial  banking  organizations  conducting  business  in  Virginia  are  not  subject  to  Virginia  income 
taxes.  Instead, they are subject to a franchise tax based on bank capital.  The Company recorded franchise 
tax expense, within other operating expense, of approximately $439,000 and $385,000 for the years ended 
December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively.  With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. 
Federal, State, or local income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2017.   

85 

 
 
 
 
 
Note 10. 

Earnings per Share 

The following table presents the basic and diluted earnings per share computations (in thousands except per 
share data): 

Numerator 

Net income - basic and diluted 

 $              8,554    $              4,477  

2020 

2019 

Denominator 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic 
Dilutive effect of common stock options 

                1,459  
                       -  

                1,445  
                       -  

Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted 

                1,459  

                1,445  

Earnings per share – basic 
Earnings per share – diluted 

 $               5.86  
 $               5.86  

 $               3.10  
 $               3.10  

Applicable guidance requires that outstanding, unvested share-based payment awards that contain voting 
rights  and  rights  to  nonforfeitable  dividends  participate  in  undistributed  earnings  with  common 
shareholders. Accordingly, the weighted average number of shares of the Company’s common stock used 
in  the  calculation  of  basic  and  diluted  net  income  per  common  share  includes  unvested  shares  of  the 
Company’s outstanding restricted common stock.  

The  vesting  of  6,573  and  4,155  restricted  stock  units  outstanding  as  of  December  31,  2020  and  2019, 
respectively,  are  dependent  upon  meeting  certain  performance  criteria.  As  of  December  31,  2020  and 
December 31, 2019, it was indeterminable whether these non-vested restricted stock units will vest and as 
such  those  shares  are  excluded  from  common  shares  issued  and  outstanding  at  each  date  and  are  not 
included in the computation of earnings per share for any period presented.  

Outstanding options and warrants to purchase common stock were considered in the computation of diluted 
earnings per share for the periods presented. Stock options for 592 and 555 shares were not included in 
computing diluted earnings per share at December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively, because their effects 
were anti-dilutive. 

Note 11. 

Lease Commitments 

The following tables present information about the Company’s leases (dollars in thousands): 

For the years ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Lease liabilities 
Right-of-use assets 
Weighted average remaining lease term 
Weighted average discount rate 

 $                     930    $                    1,027  
 $                     916    $                    1,015  
 4.29 years 
2.98% 

5.05 years 
2.39% 

Lease cost 

Operating lease cost 

Total lease cost 

For the years ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

  $                     427    $                      427  
 $                     427    $                      427  

86 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
A maturity analysis of operating lease liabilities and reconciliation of the undiscounted cash flows to the 
total of operating lease liabilities is as follows (dollars in thousands): 

Lease payments due 

Twelve months ending December 31, 2021 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2022 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2023 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2024 
Twelve months ending December 31, 2025 
Thereafter 

Total undiscounted cash flows 

Discount 
Lease liabilities 

As of  

  December 31, 2020 

   $                     337  
                         181  
                         106  
                         111  
                         102  
                         154  
 $                     991  
                           61  
 $                     930  

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities for the year ended December 31, 
2020  and  2019  was  $378,000  and  $415,000,  respectively.  The  Company  recognized  lease  expense  of 
$427,000 for each of the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019.  

Note 12. 

Commitments and Contingencies 

Off-balance-sheet risk – The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk in the 
normal course of business to meet the financial needs of its customers.  These financial instruments include 
commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit.  These instruments involve, to varying degrees, 
elements of credit and interest-rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the financial statements.  
The  contract  amounts  of  these  instruments  reflect  the  extent  of  involvement  that  the  Company  has  in 
particular classes of instruments. 

The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other party to the financial 
instrument for commitments to extend credit, and to potential credit loss associated with letters of credit 
issued, is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments.  The Company uses the same credit 
policies in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for loans and other such on-balance 
sheet instruments. 

At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Company had outstanding the following approximate off-balance-
sheet financial instruments whose contract amounts represent credit risk (in thousands): 

  December 31,  December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Undisbursed credit lines 
Commitments to extend or originate credit 
Standby letters of credit  

 $         107,130    $           83,366  
              38,910                 15,722  
               6,732  
               4,934  

Total commitments to extend credit 

 $         150,974    $         105,820  

Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any 
condition  established  in  the  contract.    Commitments  generally  have  fixed  expiration  dates  or  other 
termination clauses and may require the payment of a fee.  Historically, any commitments expire without 
being drawn upon; therefore, the total commitment amounts shown in the above table are not necessarily 
indicative  of  future  cash  requirements.    The  Company  evaluates  each  customer’s  creditworthiness  on a 
case-by-case  basis.    The  amount  of  collateral  obtained,  as  deemed  necessary  by  the  Company  upon 
extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the customer.  Collateral held varies but 

87 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
may  include  personal  or  income-producing  commercial  real  estate,  accounts  receivable,  inventory  and 
equipment. 

Standby  letters  of  credit  are  written  conditional  commitments  issued  by  the  Bank  to  guarantee  the 
performance of a customer to a third party.  The credit risk involved in issuing letters of credit is essentially 
the same as that involved in extending loans to customers. 

Concentrations of credit risk – Generally, the Company’s loans, commitments to extend credit, and standby 
letters of credit have been granted to customers in the Company’s market area.  Although the Company is 
building a diversified loan portfolio, a substantial portion of its clients’ ability to honor contracts is reliant 
upon the economic stability of the Richmond, Virginia area, including the real estate markets in the area.  
The concentrations of credit by type of loan are set forth in Note 3.  The distribution of commitments to 
extend credit approximates the distribution of loans outstanding. 

Note 13. 

Shareholders’ Equity and Regulatory Matters 

Preferred Stock 

On  May  1,  2009,  as  part  of  the  Capital  Purchase  Program  established  by  the  U.S.  Department  of  the 
Treasury (the “Treasury”) under the Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, the Company sold 
(i) 14,738 shares of the Company’s Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A, par value 
$4.00 per share, having a liquidation preference of $1,000 per share (the “preferred stock”) and (ii) a warrant 
(the “Warrant”) to purchase 499,029 shares of the Company’s common stock at an initial exercise price of 
$4.43  per  share,  subject  to  certain  anti-dilution  and  other  adjustments,  to  the  Treasury for  an  aggregate 
purchase price of $14,738,000 in cash.  During the first quarter of 2018, the Company used the proceeds 
from a subordinated note issuance to redeem the remaining 5,027 outstanding shares of preferred stock plus 
accrued dividends of $56,554.  The Warrant expired on May 1, 2019. 

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income 

The  following  table  presents  the  cumulative  balances  of  the  components  of  accumulated  other 
comprehensive income, net of deferred taxes of $114,000 and $38,000 as of December 31, 2020 and 2019, 
respectively (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 

2020 

2019 

Net unrealized gains on securities 
Net unrecognized losses on defined benefit plan 
Total other comprehensive income 

 $             466  
                (36) 
 $             430  

 $             186  
                (44) 
 $             142  

Regulatory Matters 

The Company meets the eligibility criteria of a small bank holding company in accordance with the Board 
of  Governors  of  the  Federal  Reserve  System’s  (the  “Federal  Reserve”)  Small  Bank  Holding  Company 
Policy  Statement  (the  “SBHC  Policy  Statement”).  On  August  28,  2018,  the  Federal  Reserve  issued  an 
interim final rule required by the Economic Growth, Regulatory Relief and Consumer Protection Act of 
2018, which was signed into law on May 24, 2018 (the “EGRRCPA”), that expands the applicability of the 
SBHC Policy Statement to bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of less than $3 billion 
(up  from  the  prior  $1  billion  threshold).    Under  the  SBHC  Policy  Statement,  qualifying  bank  holding 
companies, such as the Company, have additional flexibility in the amount of debt they can issue and are 
also  exempt  from  the  Basel  III  capital  framework  as  outlined  by  the  Basel  Committee  on  Banking 
Supervision  and  certain  provisions  of  the  Dodd-Frank  Act  (the  “Basel  III  Capital  Rules”).    The  SBHC 
Policy Statement does not apply to the Bank and the Bank must comply with the Basel III Capital Rules. 

88 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Bank is required to comply with the capital adequacy standards established by the Federal Deposit 
Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”).  The FDIC has adopted rules to implement the Basel III Capital Rules. 
The Basel III Capital Rules establish minimum capital ratios and risk weightings that are applied to many 
classes of assets held by community banks, including applying higher risk weightings to certain commercial 
real estate loans. 

The Basel III Capital Rules require banks to comply with the following minimum capital ratios: (1) a ratio 
of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4.5%, plus a 2.5% “capital conservation 
buffer” (effectively resulting in a minimum ratio of common equity Tier 1 to risk-weighted assets of at least 
7%); (2) a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 6.0%, plus the 2.5% capital conservation 
buffer (effectively resulting in a minimum Tier 1 capital ratio of 8.5%); (3) a ratio of total capital to risk-
weighted  assets  of  at  least  8.0%,  plus  the  2.5%  capital  conservation  buffer  (effectively  resulting  in  a 
minimum total capital ratio of 10.5%); and (4) a leverage ratio of 4%, calculated as the ratio of Tier 1 capital 
to  balance  sheet  exposures  plus  certain  off-balance  sheet  exposures  (computed  as  the  average  for  each 
quarter of the month-end ratios for the quarter).  The capital conservation buffer is designed to absorb losses 
during periods of economic stress and was fully phased in as at January 1, 2019.    Banking organizations 
with a ratio of common equity Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets above the minimum but below the 
conservation  buffer  face  constraints  on  dividends,  equity  repurchases,  and  compensation  based  on  the 
amount of the shortfall.  As of December 31, 2020, the Bank exceeded the minimum ratios under the Basel 
III Capital Rules. 

The  Bank  must  also  comply  with  the  capital  requirements  set  forth  in  the  “prompt  corrective  action” 
regulations pursuant to Section 38 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act of 1950.  To be well capitalized 
under these regulations, a bank must have the following minimum capital ratios: (1) a common equity Tier 
1 capital ratio of at least 6.5%; (2) a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of at least 8.0%; (3) a total risk-based 
capital ratio of at least 10.0%; and (4) a leverage ratio of at least 5.0%.  As of December 31, 2020, the Bank 
exceeded the minimum ratios to be classified as well capitalized. 

On September 17, 2019, the federal bank regulators issued a final rule required by the EGRRCPA that 
permits qualifying banks and bank holding companies that have less than $10 billion of assets, like the 
Company  and  the  Bank,  to  elect  to  be  subject  to  a  9%  leverage  ratio  that  would  be  applied  using  less 
complex leverage calculations (commonly referred to as the community bank leverage ratio or “CBLR”). 
Under the rule, which became effective January 1, 2020, banks and bank holding companies that opt into 
the CBLR framework and maintain a CBLR of greater than 9% would not be subject to other risk-based 
and leverage capital requirements under the Basel III Capital Rules and would be deemed to have met the 
well  capitalized  ratio  requirements  under  the  “prompt  corrective  action”  framework.  In  April  2020,  as 
required by the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act, which was passed in response to the 
COVID-19  pandemic,  federal  bank  regulators  issued  two  interim  final  rules  related  to  the  CBLR 
framework.  One interim final rule provides that, as of the second quarter of 2020, banking organizations 
with leverage ratios of 8% or greater (and that meet the other existing qualifying criteria) may elect to use 
the CBLR framework.  It also establishes a two-quarter grace period for qualifying community banking 
organizations  whose  leverage  ratios  fall  below  the  8%  CBLR  requirement,  so  long  as  the  banking 
organization maintains a leverage ratio of 7% or greater. The second interim final rule provides a transition 
from the temporary 8% CBLR requirement to a 9% CBLR requirement.  It establishes a minimum CBLR 
of 8% for the second through fourth quarters of 2020, 8.5% for 2021, and 9% thereafter, and maintains a 
two-quarter grace period for qualifying community banking organizations whose leverage ratios fall no 
more than 100 basis points below the applicable CBLR requirement.  The Bank elected not to opt into the 
CBLR framework as of December 31, 2020. 

89 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2020 and 2019 for the Bank are presented in the table 
below (dollars in thousands): 

Actual 

Amount 

Ratio 

For Capital 
Adequacy Purposes 
Amount 

Ratio 

To be Well Capitalized 
Amount 

Ratio 

December 31, 2020 
Total capital (to risk- 
weighted assets) 
Village Bank 

Tier 1 capital (to risk- 
weighted assets) 
Village Bank 

Leverage ratio (Tier 1 
capital to average 
assets) 
Village Bank 

Common equity tier 1 (to risk- 

weighted assets) 
Village Bank 

December 31, 2019 
Total capital (to risk- 
weighted assets) 
Village Bank 

Tier 1 capital (to risk- 
weighted assets) 
Village Bank 

Leverage ratio (Tier 1 
capital to average 
assets) 
Village Bank 

Common equity tier 1 (to risk- 

weighted assets) 
Village Bank 

$      65,723 

14.20% 

$      37,015  8.00%  $      46,269 

10.00% 

61,753 

13.35% 

27,761  6.00% 

37,015 

8.00% 

61,753 

9.28% 

26,607  4.00% 

33,259 

5.00% 

61,753 

13.35% 

20,821  4.50% 

30,075 

6.50% 

$      54,653 

12.56% 

$      34,807  8.00%  $      43,508 

10.00% 

52,867 

12.15% 

26,015  6.00% 

34,807 

8.00% 

52,867 

9.69% 

21,823  4.00% 

27,278 

5.00% 

52,867 

12.15% 

19,579  4.50% 

28,280 

6.50% 

90 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 14. 

Stock Incentive Plans 

In accordance with accounting standards, the Company measures the cost of employee services received in 
exchange for an award of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of the award (with limited 
exceptions).    That  cost  is  recognized  over  the  period  during  which  an  employee  is  required  to  provide 
service in exchange for the award rather than disclosed in the financial statements.  

The  following  table  summarizes  options  outstanding  under  the  Company’s  stock  incentive  plans  at  the 
indicated dates: 

2020 

2019 

Year Ended December 31,  

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Options 

Fair Value 
Per Share 

Intrinsic  
Value 

Options 

Weighted  
Average 
Exercise 
Price 

Fair Value 
Per Share 

Intrinsic  
Value 

Options outstanding, 

beginning of period 

Granted 
Forfeited 
Exercised 
Options outstanding, 

end of period 

Options exercisable, 

end of period 

             734  
                  -  
                  -  
                  -  

 $       25.63  
                  -  
                  -  
                  -  

 $         9.76  
                  -  
                  -  
                  -  

             734  
                  -  
                  -  
                  -  

 $       25.63  
                  -  
                  -  
                  -  

 $         9.76  
                  -  
                  -  
                  -  

             734  

 $       25.63  

 $         9.76  

 $               -  

             734  

 $       25.63  

 $         9.76  

 $               -  

             734  

             734  

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at December 31, 2020: 

Outstanding 
Weighted 
Average 

Exercisable 

Range of 

Exercise Prices  Options 

Remaining  Weighted 
Weighted 
Average 
Average 
Years of 
Number of  Contractual  Exercise  Number of  Exercise 
Price 

Options 

Price 

Life 

$25.28-$25.76 

           734  

          2.57    $     25.63  

           734    $     25.63  

           734  

          2.57           25.63  

           734           25.63  

During 2020, we granted certain officers time-based restricted shares of common stock and performance-
based restricted stock units.  The time-based restricted shares vest ratably over a three year period provided 
the officer is employed with the Company on the applicable vesting date.  The performance-based units 
which have a two-year performance period that began on January 2, 2021, vest based on the Company’s 
achievement  of  performance  targets  related  to  return  on  tangible  common  equity  and  the  adversely 
classified items ratio over the performance period with possible payouts ranging from 0% to 150% of the 
target awards.   

During 2019, we granted certain officers time-based restricted shares of common stock and performance-
based restricted stock units.  The time-based shares vest ratably over a three-year period provided that the 
officer is employed with the Company on the applicable vesting date.  The performance-based units, which 
have  a  two-year  performance  period  that  began  on  January  2,  2020,  vest  based  on  the  Company’s 
achievement  of  performance  targets  related  to  return  on  tangible  common  equity  and  the  adversely 
classified items ratio with possible payouts ranging from 0% to 150% of the target awards. 

The total number of shares underlying non-vested restricted stock was 24,529 and 12,310 at December 31, 
2020 and 2019, respectively.  The fair value of the stock is based on the grant date of the award and the 
expense  is  recognized  over  the  vesting  period.    Unamortized  stock-based  compensation  related  to  non-
vested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the stock incentive plan as of December 31, 
2020 and 2019 was $593,000 and $364,000, respectively.  The time based unrecognized compensation of 

91 

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$455,000 is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 2.28 years.  During 2020 and 
2019, there were forfeitures of 1,094 and 8,274 shares of restricted stock awards, respectively. 

A summary of changes in the Company’s non-vested restricted stock awards for the year follows: 

December 31, 2019 
Granted 
Vested 
Forfeited 
Other(1) 

Shares 
              12,310  
              17,798  
              (4,731) 
              (1,094) 
                  246  

Weighted-
Average 
Grant-Date 
Fair-Value 
 $         33.83  
            29.67  
            33.83  
            33.82  
            33.82  

Aggregate 
Intrinsic Value 
 $         423,341  
            612,073  
          (162,699) 
            (37,623) 
               8,460  

December 31, 2020 

              24,529  

 $         30.87  

 $         843,552  

(1)  Represents  the  incremental  increase  in  shares  that  vested  based  on  the 
restricted stock units vesting at the maximum potential value as opposed to 
the targeted value of the award. 

Stock-based compensation expense was $240,000 and $413,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 
and 2019, respectively.   

Note 15. 

Trust Preferred Securities 

During the first quarter of 2005, Southern Community Financial Capital Trust I, a wholly-owned subsidiary 
of the Company, was formed for the purpose of issuing redeemable securities.  On February 24, 2005, $5.2 
million of Trust Preferred Capital Notes were issued through a pooled underwriting.  The securities have a 
LIBOR-indexed floating rate of interest (three-month LIBOR plus 2.15%) which adjusts, and is payable, 
quarterly.  The  interest  rate  was  2.38%  and  4.06%  at  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.    The 
securities were redeemable at par beginning on March 15, 2010 and each quarter after such date until the 
securities mature on March 15, 2035.  No amounts have been redeemed at December 31, 2020 and there 
are no plans to do so.  The principal asset of the Trust is $5.2 million of the Company’s junior subordinated 
debt securities with like maturities and like interest rates to the Trust Preferred Capital Notes.  

During the third quarter of 2007, Village Financial Statutory Trust II, a wholly–owned subsidiary of the 
Company,  was  formed  for  the purpose of issuing  redeemable  securities.    On  September  20,  2007,  $3.6 
million of Trust Preferred Capital Notes were issued through a pooled underwriting.  The securities have 
LIBOR-indexed floating rate of interest (three-month LIBOR plus 1.4%) which adjusts and is also payable 
quarterly.    The  interest  rate  was  1.63%  and  3.31%  at  December 31,  2020  and  2019,  respectively.    The 
securities may be redeemed at par at any time commencing in December 2012 until the securities mature 
in 2037.  No amounts have been redeemed at December 31, 2020 and there are no plans to do so. The 
principal  asset  of  the  Trust  is  $3.6  million  of  the  Company’s  junior  subordinated  securities  with  like 
maturities and like interest rates to the Trust Preferred Capital Notes.   

The  Trust  Preferred  Capital  Notes  may  be  included  in  Tier  1  capital  for  regulatory  capital  adequacy 
determination purposes up to 25% of Tier 1 capital after its inclusion.  The portion of the Trust Preferred 
Capital Notes not considered as Tier 1 capital may be included in Tier 2 capital.  

The obligations of the Company with respect to the issuance of the Trust Preferred Capital Notes constitute 
a  full and  unconditional guarantee  by the  Company of  the  Trust’s  obligations with respect  to  the  Trust 
Preferred Capital Notes.  Subject to certain exceptions and limitations, the Company may elect from time 
to time to defer interest payments on the junior subordinated debt securities, which would result in a deferral 

92 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
of distribution payments on the related Trust Preferred Capital Notes and require a deferral of common 
dividends.  The Company is current on these interest payments. 

Note 16. 

Subordinated Debt Offering 

On March 21, 2018, the Company issued $5,700,000 of fixed-to-floating rate subordinated notes due March 
31, 2028 in a private placement. The Company received $5,539,000 in net proceeds after deducting issuance 
costs. The subordinated notes accrue interest at a fixed rate of 6.50% for the first five years until March 31, 
2023; thereafter, the subordinated notes will accrue interest at an annual floating rate equal to three-month 
LIBOR  plus  a  spread  of  3.73%  until  maturity  or  early  redemption.    The  Company  may  redeem  the 
subordinated notes in whole or in part, on or after March 31, 2023. The subordinated notes are unsecured 
and  subordinated  in  right  of  payment  to  all  of  the  Company’s  existing  and  future  senior  indebtedness, 
whether secured or unsecured, including claims of depositors and general creditors, and rank equally in 
right of payment with any unsecured, subordinated indebtedness that the Company may incur in the future. 
At December 31, 2020, the carrying value of the notes totaled $5,628,000. 

Note 17. 

Retirement Plans 

401K  Plan:    The  Bank  provides a  qualified  401K  plan to all  eligible  employees  which is  administered 
through the Virginia Bankers Association Benefits Corporation.  Employees are eligible to participate in 
the  plan  after  three  months  of  employment.    Eligible  employees  may,  subject  to  statutory  limitations, 
contribute a portion of their salary to the plan through payroll deduction.  Due to economic conditions at 
the  time,  the  Bank  ceased  its  matching  program  in  2009;  however,  beginning  January  2013,  the  Bank 
reinstituted  the  401K  match.    The  Bank  provided  a  matching  contribution  of  100%  of  the  first  1%  the 
participant contributes, and then 50% of the next 5% of their salary, totaling a maximum 3.5%.  Participants 
are always fully vested in their own contributions, and the Bank’s matching contributions vest 100% after 
two years of service.  Total contributions to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 were 
$420,000, and $351,000, respectively. 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan:  The Bank established the Village Bank SERP on January 1, 
2005 to provide supplemental retirement income to certain executive officers as designated by the Personnel 
Committee, later replaced by the Compensation Committee, and approved by the board of directors. The 
SERP is an unfunded employee pension plan under the provisions of the Employee Retirement Income 
Security Act of 1974.  An eligible employee, once designated by the Committee and approved by the board 
of directors in writing to participate in the SERP, becomes a participant in the SERP 60 days following 
such approval (unless an earlier participation date is approved).  The retirement benefit to be received by a 
participant is determined by the Committee and approved by the board of directors and is payable in equal 
monthly installments over the period specified in the SERP for each respective participant, commencing on 
the first day of the month following a participant’s retirement or termination of employment, provided the 
participant has been employed by the Bank for a minimum of 10 years.  The Compensation Committee, in 
its sole discretion, may choose to treat a participant who has experienced a termination of employment on 
or after attaining age 65 but prior to completing his service requirement as having completed his service 
requirement.    During  the  second  quarter  of  2019,  the  ownership  of  the  Company’s  largest  shareholder 
exceeded 50% of the Company’s outstanding common stock, which triggered change in control provisions 
included in the SERP.  The SERP provides for the acceleration of the vesting of benefits in the event of a 
change in control, which resulted in the three executives participating in the plan becoming fully vested as 
of the date of the change in control.  At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the Bank’s liability under the SERP 
was $2,524,000 and $2,546,000, respectively, and expense for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 
2019 was $133,000 and $513,000, respectively. The increase in other comprehensive income related to the 
minimum pension adjustment was $9,000 net of tax for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019. The 
increase in cash surrender value of the bank owned life insurance related to the participants was $194,000 
and $171,000 for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019, respectively. 

93 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Directors’ Deferral Plan:  The Bank established the Village Bank Outside Directors Deferral Plan (the 
“Directors Deferral Plan”) on January 1, 2005 under which non-employee directors of the Bank have the 
opportunity to defer receipt of all or a portion of certain compensation until retirement or departure from 
the board of directors.  Deferral of compensation under the Directors Deferral Plan is voluntary by non-
employee directors and to participate in the plan a director must file a deferral election as provided in the 
plan.  A director shall become an active participant with respect to a plan year (as defined in the plan) only 
if  he  is  expected to  have  compensation  during  the  plan  year  and  he  timely  files  a  deferral  election.    A 
separate  account  is  established  for  each  participant  in  the  plan  and  each  account  shall,  in  addition  to 
compensation  deferred  at the  election of the  participant,  be credited  with interest  on  the  balance  of  the 
account, the rate of such interest to be established by the board of directors in its sole discretion at the 
beginning of each plan year.  For those directors electing to purchase stock, the obligation will only be 
settled by delivery of the fixed number of shares they purchased.  At December 31, 2020 and 2019, the 
Bank’s liability under the Directors Deferral Plan was $524,000 and $419,000, respectively, and expense 
for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 was $111,000 and $109,000, respectively.  In the first 
quarter of 2015 and the fourth quarter of 2013, certain directors elected to purchase common stock with 
funds from their deferred compensation accounts causing the December 31, 2015 and December 31, 2013 
liability to be lower than the December 31, 2014 liability.  A rabbi trust was established to hold the shares.  
At  December  31,  2020  and  2019,  the  trust  held  37,290  and  40,875  shares,  respectively,  of  Company 
common stock totaling $771,000 and $856,000, respectively. 

Note 18.  Fair Value 

The Company determines the fair value of its financial instruments based on the requirements established 
in ASC 820: Fair Value Measurements, which provides a framework for measuring fair value under GAAP 
and  requires  an  entity  to maximize  the  use  of  observable inputs  when  measuring  fair  value.    ASC  820 
defines fair value as the exit price, the price that would be received for an asset or paid to transfer a liability, 
in the principal or most advantageous market for the asset or liability in an orderly transaction between 
market participants on the measurement date under current market conditions.  

ASC 820 establishes a hierarchy for valuation inputs that gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active 
markets for identical assets or liabilities and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs.  The fair values 
hierarchy is as follows: 

Level  1  Inputs  —  Quoted  prices  (unadjusted)  for  identical  assets  or  liabilities  in  active 
markets that the entity has the ability to access as of the measurement date. 

Level 2 Inputs — Significant other observable inputs other than Level 1 prices such as quoted 
prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other 
inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data. 

Level 3 Inputs — Significant unobservable inputs that reflect a company’s own assumptions 
about the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability. 

The Company used the following methods to determine the fair value of each type of financial instrument: 

Securities: Fair values for securities available-for-sale are obtained from an independent pricing service.  
The prices are not adjusted.  The independent pricing service uses industry-standard models to price U.S. 
Government  agency  obligations  and  mortgage  backed  securities  that  consider  various  assumptions, 
including time value, yield curves, volatility factors, prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity, current 
market and contractual prices for the underlying financial instruments, as well as other relevant economic 
measures.  Securities of obligations of state and political subdivisions are valued using a type of matrix, or 
grid,  pricing  in  which  securities  are  benchmarked  against  the  treasury  rate  based  on  credit  rating.  
Substantially all assumptions used by the independent pricing service are observable in the marketplace, 
can  be  derived  from  observable  data,  or  are  supported  by  observable  levels  at  which  transactions  are 
executed  in  the  marketplace  (Levels  1  and  2).    If  the  inputs  used  to  provide  the  evaluation  for  certain 
94 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
securities are unobservable and/or there is little, if any, market activity, then the security would fall to the 
lowest level of the hierarchy (Level 3). 

Impaired loans: The Company does not record loans held for investment at fair value on a recurring basis. 
However,  there  are  instances  when  a  loan  is  considered  impaired  and  an  allowance  for  loan  losses  is 
established. The Company measures impairment either based on the fair value of the loan using the loan’s 
obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent, or using the 
present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate, which is not a 
fair value measurement. The Company maintains a valuation allowance to the extent that this measure of 
the impaired loan is less than the recorded investment in the loan. When an impaired loan is measured at 
fair value based solely on observable market prices or a current appraisal without further adjustment for 
unobservable inputs,  the  Company  records the  impaired  loan  as  a  nonrecurring fair  value  measurement 
classified as Level 2. However, if based on management’s review, additional discounts to observed market 
prices or appraisals are required or if observable inputs are not available, the Company records the impaired 
loan as a nonrecurring fair value measurement classified as Level 3. Impaired loans that are measured based 
on expected future cash flows discounted at the loan’s effective interest rate rather than the market rate of 
interest, are not recorded at fair value and are therefore excluded from fair value disclosure requirements 

Loans  held  for  sale:    During  the  first  quarter  of  2020,  the  Company  elected  to  begin  using  fair  value 
accounting for its entire portfolio of LHFS in accordance with ASC 820 - Fair Value Measurement and 
Disclosures. Fair value of the Company's LHFS is based on observable market prices for similar instruments 
traded in the secondary mortgage loan markets in which the Company conducts business. The Company's 
portfolio of LHFS is classified as Level 2. At December 31, 2019, these loans were carried at the lower of 
cost  or  estimated  fair  value  on  an  aggregate  basis  as  determined  by  outstanding  commitments  from 
investors. Gains and losses on the sale of loans are recorded within mortgage banking income, net on the 
Consolidated Statements of Income.   

Derivative asset – IRLCs: Beginning with the first quarter of 2020, the Company recognizes IRLCs at fair 
value based on the price of the underlying loans obtained from an investor for loans that will be delivered 
on a best efforts basis while taking into consideration the probability that the rate lock commitments will 
close.  All  of  the  Company's  IRLCs  are  classified  as  Level  2.  The  fair  value  of  IRLC  was  considered 
immaterial at December 31, 2019.   

Derivative  asset/liability  –  forward  sale  commitments:  During  the  first  quarter  of  2020,  the  Company 
elected to begin using fair value accounting for its forward sales commitments related to IRLCs and LHFS. 
Best efforts sale commitments are entered into for loans intended for sale in the secondary market at the 
time the borrower commitment is made. The best efforts commitments are valued using the committed price 
to the counter-party against the current market price of the IRLC or mortgage LHFS. All of the Company’s 
forward sale commitments are classified as Level 2.  

Other Real Estate Owned: OREO assets are initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell when acquired, 
establishing a new cost basis.  Subsequently, OREO assets are carried at fair value less estimated costs to 
sell.  Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or management’s 
estimation of the value of the collateral.  When the fair value of the collateral is based on an observable 
market price or a current appraised value, the Company records the foreclosed asset as nonrecurring Level 
2.  When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value of the collateral is 
further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the Company records 
the foreclosed asset as nonrecurring Level 3. 

Assets held for sale: Assets held for sale were transferred from premises and equipment at the lower of cost 
less accumulated depreciation or fair value at the date of transfer.  The Company periodically evaluates the 
value of assets held for sale and records an impairment charge for any subsequent declines in fair value less 
selling costs.  Fair value is based upon independent market prices, appraised values of the collateral or 
management’s estimation of the value of the collateral.  When the fair value of the collateral is based on an 
observable  market  price  or  a  current  appraised  value,  the  Company  records  the  assets  held  for  sale  as 
95 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
nonrecurring Level 2.  When an appraised value is not available or management determines the fair value 
of the collateral is further impaired below the appraised value and there is no observable market price, the 
Company records the asset held for sale as nonrecurring Level 3. 

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value under Topic 820 on a recurring and non-recurring basis are 
summarized below for the indicated dates (in thousands): 

Fair Value Measurement 
at December 31, 2020 Using 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

 $                 -  
                    -  
                    -  
                    -  
                    -  

 $           8,142  
            24,006  
             8,446  
            34,421  
             1,552  

 $                 -  
                    -  
                250  
                    -  
                    -  

Carrying 
Value 

 $           8,142  
            24,006  
             8,696  
            34,421  
             1,552  

             3,105  

                    -  

             3,105  

                    -  

                336  

                    -  

                    -  

                336  

Fair Value Measurement 
at December 31, 2019 Using 

Quoted Prices 
in Active 
Markets for 
Identical Assets 
(Level 1) 

Other 
Observable 
Inputs 
(Level 2) 

Significant 
Unobservable 
Inputs 
(Level 3) 

Carrying 
Value 

 $         14,845  
            25,302  
             6,790  

 $                 -  
                    -  
                    -  

 $         14,845  
            25,302  
             6,540  

 $                 -  
                    -  
                250  

             1,468  
                514  
                526  

                    -  
                    -  
                    -  

                    -  
                    -  
                    -  

             1,468  
                514  
                526  

Financial Assets – Recurring 
US Government Agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Subordinated debt 
Loans held for sale 
IRLC 

Financial Liabilities - Recurring 
Forward sales commitment 

Financial Assets - Non-Recurring 

Other real estate owned 

Financial Assets - Recurring 
US Government Agencies 
Mortgage-backed securities 
Subordinated debt 

Financial Assets - Non-Recurring 

Impaired loans 
Assets held for sale 
Other real estate owned 

The following table presents qualitative information about Level 3 fair value measurements for financial 
instruments measured at fair value for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 (dollars in thousands): 

Fair Value 
 Estimate 

Valuation 
Techniques 

Unobservable 
Input 

Range 
(Weighted 
Average) 

December 31, 2020 

Other real estate owned 

   $   336  

Appraisal (1) or 
Internal Valuation (2) 

Selling costs  

6%-10% (7%) 

(1) Fair Value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally 
     includes various level 3 inputs which are not identifiable 
(2) Internal valuations may be conducted to determine Fair Value for assets with nominal carrying balances 

December 31, 2019 

96 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
  
Fair Value 
 Estimate 

Valuation 
Techniques 

Unobservable 
Input 

Range 
(Weighted 
Average) 

Impaired loans - real estate secured 

 $   1,468  

Appraisal (1) or 
Internal Valuation (2) 

Selling costs  

6%-10% (7%) 

Discount for lack of  

marketability and age 
of appraisal 

6%-30% (10%) 

Assets held for sale 

 $      514  

Appraisal (1) or 
Internal Valuation (2) 

Selling costs  

6%-10% (7%) 

Discount for lack of  

marketability and age 
of appraisal 

6%-30% (15%) 

Other real estate owned 

 $      526  

Appraisal (1) or 
Internal Valuation (2) 

Selling costs  

6%-10% (7%) 

(1) Fair Value is generally determined through independent appraisals of the underlying collateral, which generally 
     includes various level 3 inputs which are not identifiable 
(2) Internal valuations may be conducted to determine Fair Value for assets with nominal carrying balances 

FASB  ASC  825,  Financial  Instruments,  requires  disclosure  about  fair  value  of  financial  instruments, 
including those financial assets and financial liabilities that are not required to be measured and reported 
at fair value on a recurring or nonrecurring basis. ASC 825 excludes certain financial instruments and all 
nonfinancial instruments from its disclosure requirements. Accordingly, the aggregate fair value amounts 
presented may not necessarily represent the underlying fair value of the Company. In accordance with 
ASU 2016-01, the Company uses the exit price notion, rather than the entry price notion, in calculating 
the fair values of financial instruments not measured at fair value on a recurring basis. 

The following tables reflect the carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial 
instruments whether or not recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at fair value. 

December 31, 
2020 

December 31, 
2019 

Level in Fair 
Value 
Hierarchy 

Carrying 
Value 

Financial assets 
Cash 
Cash equivalents 
Investment securities available for sale 
Investment securities available for sale 
Investment securities available for sale 
Federal Home Loan Bank stock 
Loans held for sale 
Loans 
Impaired loans 
Assets held for sale 
Other real estate owned 
Bank owned life insurance 
Accrued interest receivable 
Interest rate lock commitments 

Financial liabilities 
Deposits 
FHLB borrowings 
Trust preferred securities 
Other borrowings 
Accrued interest payable 
Forward sales commitment 

Level 1 
Level 2 
Level 1 
Level 2 
Level 3 
Level 2 
Level 2 
Level 3 
Level 3 
Level 3 
Level 3 
Level 3 
Level 2 
Level 2 

Level 2 
Level 2 
Level 2 
Level 2 
Level 2 
Level 2 

Estimated 
Fair Value 
(In thousands) 

 $          12,709  
             30,742  
              1,193  
             39,401  
                 250  
                 484  
             34,421  
           562,362  
              -  
                     -  
                 336  
              7,806  
              4,943  
              1,552  

Carrying 
Value 

Estimated 
Fair Value 

 $          19,967  
                   -    
                   -    
             46,687  
                 250  
              1,694  
             12,722  
           427,827  
              1,468  
                 514  
                 526  
              7,612  
              2,597  
                     -  

 $          19,967  
                     -  
                     -  
             46,687  
                 250  
              1,694  
             12,722  
           429,254  
              1,468  
                 514  
                 526  
              7,612  
              2,597  
                     -  

 $          12,709  
             30,742  
              1,193  
             39,401  
                 250  
                 484  
             34,421  
           561,003  
              -  
                     -  
                 336  
              7,806  
              4,943  
              1,552  

           588,382  
                     -  
              8,764  
             47,157  
                 194  
              3,105  

           589,017  
                     -  
              9,697  
             47,157  
                 194  
              3,105  

           443,208  
             29,000  
              8,764  
             10,912  
                 221  
                     -  

           443,645  
             29,285  
              9,812  
             10,912  
                 221  
                     -  

97 

 
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 19. Segment Reporting 

The  Company  has  two  reportable  segments:  traditional  commercial  banking  and  mortgage  banking. 
Revenues from commercial banking operations consist primarily of interest earned on loans and securities 
and fees from deposit services. Mortgage banking operating revenues consist principally of interest earned 
on mortgage LHFS, gains on sales of loans in the secondary mortgage market, and loan origination fee 
income. 

The commercial banking segment provides the mortgage banking segment with the short-term funds needed 
to originate mortgage loans through a warehouse line of credit and charges the mortgage banking segment 
interest based on the commercial banking segment’s cost of funds.  Additionally, the mortgage banking 
segment leases premises from the commercial banking segment.  These transactions are eliminated in the 
consolidation process. 

The following table presents segment information as of and for the years ended December 31, 2020 and 
2019 (in thousands): 

Year Ended December 31, 2020 

Revenues 

Interest income 
Gain on sale of loans 
Other revenues 

Total revenues 

Expenses 

Provision for loan losses 
Interest expense 
Salaries and benefits 
Commissions 
Other expenses 

Total operating expenses 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 

Commercial  
Banking 

Mortgage  
Banking 

Eliminations 

Consolidated  
Totals 

 $         25,404  
                    -  
             2,688  
            28,092  

 $             581  
            11,703  
             1,408  
            13,692  

 $            (159) 
                    -  
              (242) 
              (401) 

 $         25,826  
11,703 
             3,854  
            41,383  

                950  
             4,433  
             8,867  
                    -  
             7,784  
            22,034  

             6,058  
             1,439  
 $           4,619  

                    -  
                159  
             4,053  
             3,312  
             1,187  
             8,711  

             4,981  
             1,046  
 $           3,935  

                    -  
              (159) 
                    -  
                    -  
              (242) 
              (401) 

                    -  
                    -  
 $                 -  

                950  
             4,433  
            12,920  
             3,312  
             8,729  
            30,344  

            11,039  
             2,485  
 $           8,554  

Total assets 

 $       704,258  

 $         18,604  

 $       (16,626) 

 $       706,236  

Commercial  
Banking 

Mortgage  
Banking 

Eliminations 

Consolidated  
Totals 

Year Ended December 31, 2019 

Revenues 

Interest income 
Gain on sale of loans 
Other revenues 

Total revenues 

Expenses 

Provision for loan losses 
Interest expense 
Salaries and benefits 
Commissions 
Other expenses 

Total operating expenses 

Income before income taxes 
Income tax expense 
Net income 

Total assets 

 $         23,079  
                    -  
             3,044  
            26,123  

 $             539  
             6,205  
                754  
             7,498  

 $            (131) 
                    -  
              (220) 
              (351) 

 $         23,487  
             6,205  
             3,578  
            33,270  

                135  
             5,330  
             9,047  
                    -  
             7,209  
            21,721  

                    -  
                  131  
                3,194  
             1,875  
             1,059  
             6,259  

                    -  
                    -(131)  
              - 
                    -  
              (220) 
              (351) 

                135  
             5,330  
             12,241  
             1,875  
             8,048  
            27,629  

             4,402  
                904  
 $           3,498  

             1,239  
                260  
 $           979  

                    -  
                    -  
 $                 -  

             5,641  
             1,164  
 $           4,477  

 $       542,053  

 $         10,924  

 $       (12,664) 

 $       540,313  

98 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Note 20. 

Parent Corporation Only Financial Statements 

Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. 
(Parent Corporation Only) 
Condensed Balance Sheet 
(in thousands) 

Assets 
Cash and due from banks 
Investment in subsidiaries 
Investment in special purpose subsidiary 
Prepaid expenses and other assets 

Liabilities and Shareholders' Equity 
Liabilities 
Balance due to nonbank subsidiaries 
Other borrowings 
Accrued interest payable 
Other liabilities 

Total liabilities 

Shareholders' equity 
Common stock 
Additional paid-in capital 
Accumulated deficit 
Stock in directors rabbi trust 
Directors deferred fees obligation 
Accumulated other comprehensive income 

Total stockholders' equity 

December 31,  December 31, 

2020 

2019 

 $           1,549  
            62,183  
                264  
              2,438  

 $           1,007  
            53,768  
                264  
              2,284  

 $         66,434  

 $         57,323  

 $           8,764  
              5,628  
                  46  
                    -  
            14,438  

 $           8,764  
              5,595  
                  47  
                    3  
            14,409  

              5,794  
            54,510  
            (8,738) 
               (771) 
                771  
                430  
            51,996  

              5,779  
            54,285  
          (17,292) 
               (856) 
                856  
                142  
            42,914  

 $         66,434  

 $         57,323  

99 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. 
(Parent Corporation Only)
Condensed Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019
(in thousands)

Income
Interest income
Dividends received from subsidiaries
Total Income

Interest expense
Interest on borrowed funds
Total interest expense

Net interest expense

Noninterest expense
Supplies
Professional and outside services
Other 

Total noninterest expense
Net loss before undistributed income 

(loss) of subsidiary

Undistributed income (loss) of subsidiary
Net income before income tax

benefit

Income tax benefit

Net income

2020

2019

4
$                  
1,250
1,254

3
$                  
1,000
1,003

631
631

623

30
39
43
112

511
7,888

8,399
(155)

775
775

228

30
61
42
133

(905)
4,192

4,287
(190)

$           

8,554

$           

4,477

Total comprehensive income

$           

8,842

$           

5,368

100 

 
 
             
             
             
             
                
                
                
                
                
                
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                  
                
                
                
               
             
             
             
             
               
               
 
 
 
Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. 
(Parent Corporation Only) 
Condensed Statements of Cash Flows 
Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 
(in thousands) 

Cash Flows from Operating Activities 
Net income  
Adjustments to reconcile net income 

to net cash used in operating activities 
Amortization of debt issuance costs 
Undistributed income of subsidiary 
Net change in: 
Other assets 
Interest Payable 
Other liabilities 

Net cash used in operating activities 

Cash Flows from Investing Activities 
Dividend from subsidiary 

Net cash provided by investing activities 

Cash Flows from Financing Activities 

Net cash provided by financing activities 

Net increase in cash 
Cash, beginning of year 

Cash, end of year 

2020 

2019 

 $             8,554  

 $             4,477  

                    33  
              (9,138) 

                    32  
              (5,192) 

                 (154) 
                      -  
                    (3) 
                 (708) 

                 (190) 
                      -  
                      3  
                 (870) 

                1,250  
                1,250  

                1,000  
                1,000  

                      -  
                  542  
                1,007  

                      -  
                  130  
                  877  

 $             1,549  

 $             1,007  

101 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9.  CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING 
AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE 

None. 

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES 

Disclosure Controls and Procedures. The Company, under the supervision and with the participation of the 
Company’s  management,  including  the  Company’s  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  the  Chief  Financial 
Officer, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end 
of the period covered by this report.  Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief 
Financial Officer have concluded that as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s disclosure controls and 
procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in reports 
that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and 
reported within the time periods specified in Securities and Exchange Commission rules and regulations 
and that such information is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including the 
Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions 
regarding required disclosure.  Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of 
controls can provide absolute assurance that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures will detect 
or uncover every situation involving the failure of persons within the Company or its subsidiaries to disclose 
material information otherwise required to be set forth in the Company’s periodic reports. 

Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  over  Financial  Reporting.  Management  of  the  Company  is 
responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined 
in  Rule  13a-15(f)  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.    The  Company’s  internal  control  over 
financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board 
of directors regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with GAAP. 

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect 
misstatements.  Therefore,  even  those  systems  determined  to  be  effective  can  provide  only  reasonable 
assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. 

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of 
December 31, 2020.  In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee 
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control – Integrated Framework 
(2013).  Based on our assessment, we believe that, as of December 31, 2020, the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting was effective based on those criteria. 

Changes  in  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.    There  has  been  no  change  in  the  Company’s 
internal control over financial reporting during the fourth quarter of the fiscal year ended December 31, 
2020 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control 
over financial reporting. 

This annual report does not include an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting 
firm regarding internal control over financial reporting. Management’s report was not subject to attestation 
by the Company’s registered public accounting firm pursuant to rules of the SEC that permit the Company 
to provide only management’s report in this annual report. 

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION 

None. 

102 

 
 
 
 
 
  
  
  
 
 
 
 
 
PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS, AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE 

The information required to be disclosed in this Item 10 is contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement 
for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION 

The information required to be disclosed in this Item 11 is contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement 
for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM  12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND 
MANAGEMENT AND RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 

The information required to be disclosed in this Item 12 is contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement 
for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR 
INDEPENDENCE 

The information required to be disclosed in this Item 13 is contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement 
for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES 

The information required to be disclosed in this Item 14 is contained in the Company’s Proxy Statement 
for the 2021 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and is incorporated herein by reference. 

103 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES 

(a)(1) Financial Statements  
The following consolidated financial statements and reports are included in Part II, Item 8, of this report on 
Form 10-K. 

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C.) 
Consolidated Balance Sheets – December 31, 2020 and 2019 
Consolidated Statements of Income – Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income – Years Ended 
     December 31, 2020 and 2019 
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity – Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows – Years Ended December 31, 2020 and 2019 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements  

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules  
All schedules are omitted since they are not required, are not applicable, or the required information is 
shown in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto. 

(a)(3) Exhibits  
The following exhibits are filed as part of this Form 10-K and this list includes the Exhibit Index.  

Exhibit 
Number 

   3.1 

    3.2 

    4.1 

    4.2 

     4.3 

10.1 

10.2 

Description 

Articles of Incorporation of Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp., as amended 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the Quarterly Report on Form 
10-Q  for  the  period  ended  September  30,  2014,  filed  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission on October 31, 2014). 

Amended  and  Restated  Bylaws  of  Village  Bank  and  Trust  Financial  Corp. 
(incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-
K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2020). 

Specimen of Certificate for Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. common stock 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Form S-1 Registration Statement 
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 12, 2014 (SEC 
File No. 333-200147)). 

Form of Subordinated Note (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 of the Current 
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 
21, 2018). 

Description of Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp.’s Securities. 

Employment Agreement, dated October 1, 2017, by and between Village Bank and 
Trust Financial Corp. and William G. Foster (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on October 4, 2017).* 

Transition  and  Consulting  Agreement,  dated  August  4,  2020,  by  and  between 
Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. and William G. Foster, Jr. (incorporated 

104 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.3 

10.4 

10.5 

10.6 

10.7 

10.8 

10.9 

10.10 

10.11 

10.12 

10.13 

by  reference  to  Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on August 10, 2020).* 

Employment Agreement, dated July 28, 2020, by and between Village Bank and 
Trust Financial Corp. and James E. Hendricks, Jr. (incorporated by reference to 
Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission on July 31, 2020).* 

Supplemental  Executive  Retirement  Plan,  dated  December  30,  2020,  by  and 
between  Village  Bank  and  Trust  Financial  Corp.  and  James  E.  Hendricks,  Jr. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 2, 2021). * 

Employment Agreement, dated September 4, 2020, by and between Village Bank 
and Max C. Morehead, Jr. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current 
Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on 
September 10, 2020).* 

Amended and Restated Change of Control Agreement, dated March 24, 2020, by 
and between Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. and Donald M. Kaloski, Jr. 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 26, 2020).* 

Change of Control Agreement, dated August 24, 2020, by and between Village 
Bank and Christy F. Quesenbery (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the 
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission 
on August 28, 2020).* 

Incentive Plan, as amended June 18, 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
99.1 of the Form S-8 Registration Statement filed with the Securities and Exchange 
Commission on June 18, 2014 (SEC File No. 333-196893)).* 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 
10.5  of  the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-KSB  for  the  year  ended  December  31, 
2004).* 

Form  of  Non-Employee  Director  Non-Qualified  Stock  Option  Agreement 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of the Annual Report on Form 10-KSB 
for the year ended December 31, 2004).* 

Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. 2015 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended 
(incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Proxy Statement for the Annual 
Meeting  of  Shareholders  held  on  May  19,  2020,  filed  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission on April 6, 2020).* 

Form of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the 
Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (incorporated 
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed with 
the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 8, 2015).* 

Form of Time-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement under the Village Bank 
and  Trust  Financial  Corp.  2015  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (incorporated  herein  by 
reference  to  Exhibit  10.2  of  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the 
Securities and Exchange Commission on July 8, 2015).* 

105 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10.14 

10.15 

10.16 

10.17 

21 

23.1 

31.1 

31.2 

32 

101 

Village  Bank  and  Trust  Financial  Corp.  Deferred  Compensation  Plan 
(incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the Current Report on Form 8-K filed 
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on November 22, 2019).* 

Outside Directors Deferral Plan, dated January 1, 2005 (incorporated by reference 
to Exhibit 10.9 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 
31, 2010).* 

Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan, dated January 1, 2005 (incorporated by 
reference to Exhibit 10.10 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended 
December 31, 2010).* 

Form  of  Subordinated  Note  Purchase  Agreement  (incorporated  by  reference  to 
Exhibit  10.1  of  the  Current  Report  on  Form  8-K  filed  with  the  Securities  and 
Exchange Commission on March 21, 2018). 

Subsidiaries of Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. 

Consent of Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C. Accounting Firm. 

Section 302 Certification by Chief Executive Officer. 

Section 302 Certification by Chief Financial Officer. 

Section 906 Certification. 

The following materials from the Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp.  Annual 
Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  formatted  in 
eXtensible  Business  Reporting  (XBRL)  (i)  Consolidated  Balance  Sheets,  (ii) 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Operations,  (iii)  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Comprehensive Income, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity, (v) 
Consolidated  Statements  of  Cash  Flows,  and  (vi)  Notes  to  Condensed 
Consolidated Financial Statements.  

   _____________________________ 
    * Management contracts and compensatory plans and arrangements. 

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K Summary 
None. 

106 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant 
has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized. 

SIGNATURES 

VILLAGE BANK AND TRUST FINANCIAL CORP. 

Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: /s/ James E. Hendricks, Jr.  
     James E. Hendricks, Jr. 
     President and Chief Executive Officer 

In accordance with the Exchange Act, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf 
of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 

Signature 

Title 

Date 

/s/ James E. Hendricks, Jr. 
James E. Hendricks, Jr. 

/s/ Donald M. Kaloski, Jr. 
Donald M. Kaloski, Jr. 

/s/ R.T. Avery, III 
R.T. Avery, III 

/s/ Craig D. Bell 
Craig D. Bell  

/s/ Michael A. Katzen 
Michael A. Katzen 

/s/ George R. Whittemore 
George R. Whittemore 

/s/ Michael L. Toalson 
Michael L. Toalson 

/s/ Frank E Jenkins, Jr. 
Frank E Jenkins, Jr. 

/s/ Devon M. Henry 
Devon M. Henry 

President, Chief Executive 
Officer and Director 
(Principal Executive Officer) 

March 19, 2021 

Executive Vice President and Chief 
Financial Officer (Principal Financial 
and Accounting Officer) 

March 19, 2021 

Director 

March 19, 2021 

Director and 
Chairman of the Board 

March 19, 2021 

Director 

March 19, 2021 

Director 

March 19, 2021 

Director 

March 19, 2021 

Director 

Director 

March 19, 2021 

March 19, 2021 

/s/ Mary Margaret Kastelberg 
Mary Margaret Kastelberg 

Director 

March 19, 2021 

107 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF VILLAGE BANK AND TRUST FINANCIAL CORP.’S SECURITIES 

As  of  December  31,  2020,  the  common  stock  of  Village  Bank  and  Trust  Financial  Corp.  (the 
“Company”) was the only class of its securities registered under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act 
of 1934.  The following summary description of the material features of the Company’s common stock 
does not purport to be complete and is subject to, and qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Company’s 
articles  of  incorporation  and  bylaws,  each  as  amended.    For  more  information,  refer  to  the  Company’s 
articles of incorporation and bylaws and any applicable provisions of relevant law, including the Virginia 
Stock Corporation Act and federal laws governing banks and bank holding companies. 

General 

The Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $4.00 per share.  
Each share of the Company’s common stock has the same relative rights as, and is identical in all respects 
to,  each  other  share  of  the  Company’s  common  stock.  The  Company’s  common  stock  is  listed  on  the 
Nasdaq  Capital  Market  under  the  symbol  “VBFC.”  Computershare,  Inc.,  250  Royall  Street,  Canton, 
Massachusetts, is the transfer agent for the Company’s common stock. 

Voting Rights 

Except as otherwise provided by law, each holder of the Company’s common stock has one vote 
per share on all matters voted upon by shareholders. Directors are elected by a plurality of the votes cast 
and shareholders do not have the right to accumulate their votes in the election of directors. 

Dividends 

Holders of shares of the Company’s common stock are entitled to receive dividends when and as 
declared  by  the  Company’s  board  of  directors  out  of  funds  legally  available  therefor.  The  payment  of 
distributions by the Company is subject to the restrictions of Virginia law applicable to the declaration of 
distributions by a corporation. A Virginia corporation generally may not authorize and make distributions 
if, after giving effect to the distribution, it would be unable to meet its debts as they become due in the usual 
course of business or if the corporation’s total assets would be less than the sum of its total liabilities plus 
the  amount  that  would  be  needed,  if  it  were  dissolved  at  that  time,  to  satisfy  the  preferential  rights  of 
shareholders  whose  rights  are  superior  to  the  rights  of  those  receiving  the  distribution.  In  addition,  the 
payment of distributions to shareholders is subject to any prior rights of outstanding preferred stock. 

As a bank holding company, the Company’s ability to pay dividends is affected by the ability of 
Village Bank, the Company’s bank subsidiary, to pay dividends to the Company. The ability of Village 
Bank to pay dividends is influenced by bank regulatory requirements and capital guidelines. 

Liquidation Rights 

In the event of the Company’s liquidation, dissolution or winding up, the holders of shares of the 
Company’s common stock are entitled to receive, in cash or in kind, the Company’s assets available for 
distribution remaining after payment or provision for payment of the Company debts and liabilities and 
after satisfaction of all liquidation preferences applicable to any preferred stock. 

108 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Classes of Directors 

The Company’s board of directors is divided into three classes, apportioned as evenly as possible, 

with directors serving staggered three-year terms. 

No Preemptive or Conversion Rights; Redemption and Assessment 

Holders  of  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  do  not  have  preemptive  rights  to  purchase 
additional shares of common stock and have no conversion or redemption rights.  The Company’s common 
stock  is  not  subject  to  redemption  or  any  sinking  fund  and  the  outstanding  shares  are  fully  paid  and 
nonassessable. 

Preferred Stock 

The Company’s board of directors may, from time to time, without shareholder approval, issue 
shares  of  the  Company’s  authorized,  undesignated  preferred  stock,  in  one  or  more  classes  or  series.  In 
connection with any such issuance, the board of directors may by resolution determine the designation, 
voting rights, preferences as to dividends, in liquidation or otherwise, participation, redemption, sinking 
fund,  conversion,  dividend  or  other  special  rights  or  powers,  and  the  limitations,  qualifications  and 
restrictions of such shares of preferred stock.  The creation and issuance of any series of preferred stock, 
and the relative rights, designations and preferences of such series, if and when established, will depend 
upon, among other things, the future capital needs of the Company, then existing market conditions and 
other factors that, in the judgment of the Company’s board, might warrant the issuance of preferred stock. 

Anti-takeover Considerations 

Certain provisions of the Company’s articles of incorporation and bylaws may discourage attempts 
to acquire control of the Company. These provisions also may render the removal of one or all directors 
more difficult or deter or delay corporate changes of control that the Company’s board of directors did not 
approve.  These provisions include the following: 

Classified Board of Directors.  The Company’s board of directors is divided into three classes of 
directors serving staggered three-year terms. As a result, approximately one-third of the board of directors 
will be elected at each annual meeting of shareholders. The classification of directors, together with the 
provision in the articles of incorporation that permits the remaining directors to fill any vacancies on the 
board  of  directors,  will  have  the  effect  of  making  it  more  difficult  for  shareholders  to  change  the 
composition of the board of directors. As a result, at least two annual meetings of shareholders may be 
required for the shareholders to change a majority of the directors, whether or not a change in the board of 
directors  would  be  beneficial  and  whether  or not  a  majority  of shareholders  believe that such  a  change 
would be desirable. 

Authorized  Preferred  Stock.    The  Company’s  articles  of  incorporation  authorize  the  board  of 
directors, subject to applicable Virginia law and federal banking regulations, to authorize the issuance of 
preferred stock at such times, for such purposes and for such consideration as the board may deem advisable 
without further shareholder approval. The issuance of preferred stock under certain circumstances may have 
the effect of discouraging an attempt by a third party to acquire control of the Company by, for example, 
authorizing the issuance of a series of preferred stock with rights and preferences designed to impede the 
proposed transaction. 

Supermajority  Voting  Provisions.    The  Company’s  articles  of  incorporation  state  that  certain 
significant corporate actions must be approved by a majority of all the votes entitled to be cast on the action 
by each voting group entitled to vote at a meeting at which a quorum of the voting group is present, provided 
that the action has been approved and recommended by at least two-thirds of the directors in office at the 
time of such approval and recommendation. If the action is not so approved and recommended by two-
thirds of the directors in office, then the action must be approved by the affirmative vote of 80% or more 
109 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
of all of the votes entitled to be cast on such action by each voting group entitled to vote.  These significant 
corporate actions include: adoption of amendments to the Company’s articles of incorporation; adoption of 
plans of merger or share exchange; sales of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets other than in the 
ordinary course of business; and adoption of plans of dissolution. 

No  Cumulative  Voting.  The  Company’s  articles  of  incorporation  do  not  provide  for  cumulative 
voting for any purpose. The absence of cumulative voting may afford anti-takeover protection by making 
it more difficult for the Company’s shareholders to elect nominees opposed by the board of directors. 

Shareholder Meetings.  Pursuant to the Company’s bylaws, special meetings of shareholders may 
be called only by the Company’s president or board of directors. As a result, shareholders are not able to 
act on matters other than at annual shareholders’ meetings unless they are able to persuade the president or 
a majority of the board of directors to call a special meeting. 

Advance Notification Requirements.  The Company’s bylaws require a shareholder who desires to 
raise new business, or nominate a candidate for election to the board of directors, at an annual meeting of 
shareholders to provide advance notice of at least 60 days and not more than 90 days before the date of the 
scheduled annual meeting; provided that in the event that less than 70 days’ notice or prior public disclosure 
of the date of the scheduled annual meeting is given or made, notice by a shareholder, to be timely, must 
be received not later than the close of business on the 10th day following the earlier of the date on which 
such notice of the meeting was mailed or the date public disclosure of the meeting was made. The bylaws 
require a shareholder who desires to raise new business to provide certain information to the Company 
concerning the nature of the new business, the shareholder and the shareholder’s interest in the business 
matter. Similarly, a shareholder wishing to nominate any person for election as a director must provide the 
Company  with  certain  information  concerning  the  nominee  and  the  proposing  shareholder.  Such 
requirements may discourage the Company’s shareholders from submitting nominations and proposals. 

110 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 21 

Subsidiaries of Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. 

Name of Subsidiary 

 State of Organization 

Village Bank 

Village Bank Mortgage Corporation 
(wholly-owned subsidiary of Village Bank) 

Village Insurance Agency, Inc. 
(wholly-owned subsidiary of Village Bank) 

Village Financial Services Corporation 
(wholly-owned subsidiary of Village Bank) 

Virginia 

Virginia 

Virginia 

Virginia 

Southern Community Financial Capital Trust I 

Virginia 

Village Financial Statutory Trust II 

Virginia 

111 

 
 
 
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
   
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 23.1 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM  

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements on Form S-8 (No. 333-205407, 
No. 333-196893, No. 333-192408 and No. 333-239454) and Form S-3 (No. 333-159594) of Village Bank 
and Trust Financial Corp. of our report dated March 19, 2021, relating to our audit of the consolidated 
financial  statements included  in the  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  of  Village  Bank  and  Trust  Financial 
Corp. and Subsidiary for the year ended December 31, 2020. 

/s/ Yount, Hyde & Barbour, P.C. 

Richmond, Virginia  
March 19, 2021 

112 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.1 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER 

I, James E. Hendricks, Jr., certify that: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

5. 

(a) 

(b) 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. for the year ended 
December 31, 2020; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this  report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of  the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize 
and report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: /s/ James E. Hendricks, Jr. 
     James E. Hendricks, Jr. 
     President and 
     Chief Executive Officer 

113 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Exhibit 31.2 

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER 

I, Donald M. Kaloski, Jr., certify that: 

1. 

2. 

3. 

4. 

(a) 

(b) 

(c) 

(d) 

5. 

(a) 

(b) 

I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. for the year ended 
December 31, 2020; 

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a 
material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements 
were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 

Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this  report, fairly 
present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as 
of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls 
and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial 
reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: 

Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be 
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material  information  relating  to  the  registrant,  including  its 
consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in 
which this report is being prepared; 

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting 
to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial 
reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles; 

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our 
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of  the end of the period covered 
by this report based on such evaluation; and 

Disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred 
during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual 
report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control 
over financial reporting; and 

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal 
control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of 
directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): 

all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial 
reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize 
and report financial information; and 

any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in 
the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. 

Date:  March 19, 2021 

By: /s/ Donald M. Kaloski, Jr. 
     Donald M. Kaloski, Jr. 
     Executive Vice President and 
     Chief Financial Officer 

114 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED 
PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 

Exhibit 32 

In connection with the Annual Report of Village Bank and Trust Financial Corp. (the “Company”) on Form 
10-K for the year ended December 31, 2020 as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the 
date hereof (the  “Report”),  the  undersigned  Chief  Executive  Officer  and  Chief Financial  Officer  of  the 
Company hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley 
Act of 2002, that based on their knowledge and belief: 

(1) the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange 
Act of 1934, and 

(2) the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition 
and results of operations of the Company as of and for the periods covered in the Report. 

/s/ James E. Hendricks, Jr. 
James E. Hendricks, Jr.   
President and Chief Executive Officer 

/s/ Donald M. Kaloski, Jr. 
Donald M. Kaloski, Jr.   
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer 

March 19, 2021 
Date 

March 19, 2021 
Date 

115 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(This page intentionally left blank)